Document:

exv10w46

Exhibit 10.46

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	
	 	For Bank Use Only	 	Reviewed by	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Due SEPTEMBER 5, 2012	 	 
	 	Customer # 6517384088	 	Loan # #109

AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT AND NOTE

     This amendment (the “Amendment”), dated as of the date specified below, is by and
between the borrower (the “Borrower”) and the bank (the “Bank”) identified below.

RECITALS

     A. The Borrower and the Bank have executed a Loan Agreement (the “Agreement”) dated SEPTEMBER 21, 2007 and the Borrower has
executed a Note (the “Note”), dated SEPTEMBER 21, 2007 , either or both which may
have been amended and replaced from time to time, and the Borrower (and if applicable, certain
third parties) have executed the collateral documents which may or may not be identified in the
Agreement and certain other related documents (collectively the “Loan Documents”), setting forth
the terms and conditions upon which the Borrower may obtain loans from the Bank from time to
time in the stated amount of $10,000,000.00 , as may be amended from time to time.

B. The Borrower has requested that the Bank permit certain modifications to the Agreement
and Note as described below.

C. The Bank has agreed to such modifications, but only upon the terms and conditions
outlined in this Amendment.

TERMS OF AGREEMENT

     In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and
valuable consideration, the Borrower and the Bank agree as follows:

     þ Change in Maturity Date. If checked here, any references in the Agreement or Note
to the maturity date or date of final payment are hereby deleted and replaced with “
SEPTEMBER 5, 2012

     o Change in Maximum Loan Amount. If checked here, all references in the Agreement
and in the Note (whether or not numerically) to the maximum loan amount are hereby deleted and
replaced with “$            
              
              
 ”, which evidences an additional       
             
              
       
available to be advanced subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement and Note.

     o Temporary Increase in Maximum Loan Amount. If checked here, notwithstanding the
maximum principal amount that may be borrowed from time to time under the Agreement and Note,
the maximum principal amount that may be borrowed thereunder shall increase from
to                      $effective                      through                      annually.

On                      through                      annually, the maximum principal amount that may be borrowed thereunder shall
revert to $
                    
and any loans outstanding in excess of that amount will be
immediately due and payable without further demand by the Bank.

     o Change in Multiple Advance Termination Date. If checked here, all references in
the Agreement and in the Note to the termination date for multiple advances are hereby deleted
and replaced with “
                        

     o Change in Payment Schedule. If checked here, effective upon the date of this
Amendment, any payment terms are amended as follows:

©us bancorp 2001

Page 1 of 3

 

     o Change in Late Payment Fee. If checked here, subject to applicable law, if any
payment is not made on or before its due date, the Bank may collect a delinquency charge of %
of the unpaid amount. Collection of the late payment fee shall not be deemed to be a waiver of
the Bank’s right to declare a default hereunder.

     þ Change in Closing Fee. If checked here and subject to applicable
law, the Borrower will pay the Bank a closing fee of $5,000.00 (apart from
any prior closing fee) contemporaneously with the execution of this Amendment. This fee is in
addition to all other fees, expenses and other amounts due hereunder.

     o Change in Paid-In-Full Period. If checked here, all revolving loans
under the Agreement and the Note must be paid in full for a period of at least consecutive days
during each fiscal year. Any previous Paid-in-Full provision is hereby replaced with this
provision.

     Default Interest Rate. Notwithstanding any provision of this•Note to the
contrary, upon any default or at any time during the continuation thereof (including failure to
pay upon maturity), the Bank may, at its option and subject to applicable law, increase the
interest rate on this Note to a rate of 5% per annum plus the interest rate otherwise payable
hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to applicable law, upon the occurrence of a
default by the Borrower or any guarantor involving bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership
proceedings or an assignment for the benefit of creditors, the interest rate on this Note shall
automatically increase to a rate of 5% per annum plus the rate otherwise payable hereunder.

     Effectiveness of Prior Documents. Except as specifically amended hereby, the
Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect in
accordance with their respective terms. All warranties and representations contained in the
Agreement and the other Loan Documents are hereby reconfirmed as of the date hereof. All
collateral previously provided to secure the Agreement and/or Note continues as security, and
all guaranties guaranteeing obligations under the Loan Documents remain in full force and
effect. This is an amendment, not a novation.

     Preconditions to Effectiveness. This Amendment shall only become effective upon
execution by the Borrower and the Bank, and approval by any other third party required by the
Bank.

     No Waiver of Defaults; Warranties. This Amendment shall not be construed as or
be deemed to be a waiver by the Bank of existing defaults by the Borrower, whether known or
undiscovered. All agreements, representations and warranties made herein shall survive the
execution of this Amendment.

     Counterparts. This Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts, each
of which shall be considered an original, but when taken together shall constitute one
document.

     Authorization. The Borrower represents and warrants that the execution, delivery
and performance of this Amendment and the documents referenced herein are within the authority
of the Borrower and have been duly authorized by all necessary action.

     Transferable Record. The agreement and note, as amended, is a “transferable
record” as defined in applicable law relating to electronic transactions. Therefore, the holder
of the agreement and note, as amended, may, on behalf of Borrower, create a microfilm or
optical disk or other electronic image of the agreement and note, as amended, that is an
authoritative copy as defined in such law. The holder of the agreement and note, as amended,
may store the authoritative copy of such agreement and note, as amended, in its electronic form
and then destroy the paper original as part of the holder’s normal business practices. The
holder, on its own behalf, may control and transfer such authoritative copy as permitted by
such law.

     Attachments. All documents attached hereto, including any appendices, schedules,
riders, and exhibits to this Amendment, are hereby expressly incorporated herein by reference.

[SIGNATURE(S) ON NEXT PAGE]

Page 2 of 3

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	Dated as of: SEPTEMBER 1, 2010
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Outdoor Channel Holdings, Inc.
	(Individual Borrower)	 	Borrower Name (Organization)
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Borrower Name N/A

	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name and Title:
	 	Thomas Allen Chief Financial Officer
	 

	 	By:	 	 
	Borrower Name N/A

	 	Name and Title:	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Agreed to:
	 	 	 	 
	U.S. BANK N.A.
	 	 	 	 
	(Bank)
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	By:
	 	 	 	 
	Andrew P. Reed
	 	 	 	 
	Name and Title: Vice President
	 	 	 	 

Page 3 of 3

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	

	 	 	6517384088	 

CORPORATE RESOLUTION FOR BORROWING AND/OR PLEDGING ASSETS

Outdoor Channel Holdings, Inc.

 

NAME OF CORPORATION

WHEREAS, this corporation may enter into financial transactions or accommodations with U.S. BANK N.A.                                         
(the “Bank”) from time to time;

NOW, THEREFORE, RESOLVED, that any i of the officers of this corporation denoted below: [mark authorized officers]

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	o
	 	Chairman of the Board	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	o
	 	President
	 	 	 	Treasurer
	 	þ
	 	Other:
	 	Chief Financial Officer
	 

	 	o
	 	Any Vice President
	 	þ
	 	Secretary
	 	þ
	 	Other:
	 	Chief Executive Officer
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Any Assistant Treasurer
	 	 	 	Other:	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Any Assistant Secretary
	 	 	 	Other:	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

is (are) authorized, on behalf of and in the name of this corporation, (a) to borrow
money from the Bank from time to time in such amounts as such officer(s) shall deem
advisable; (b) to make, execute, seal with the corporate seal, and deliver to the Bank, from
time to time, loan agreements, disbursing agreements, notes, applications for letters of
credit, and other evidence of or agreements concerning such indebtedness, in such amounts
with such maturities, at such rates of interest, and upon such terms and conditions as said
officer(s) shall approve; (c) to pledge, assign, mortgage or otherwise grant a security
interest in any or all real property, fixtures, tangible or intangible personal property, or
any other assets of this corporation, to execute, seal with the corporate seal, and deliver
to the Bank such security agreements, chattel mortgages, assignments, financing statements,
real estate mortgages, deeds of trust, lease or rental assignments, assignments of life
insurance, agreements not to encumber, or other agreements respecting any or all interests in
real or personal property now owned or hereafter acquired by this corporation as may be
requested by the Bank to secure any obligations of this corporation to the Bank or to secure
the obligations of a third party to the Bank, now existing or hereafter arising, all upon
such terms and conditions as said officer(s) shall approve, and to perform such acts required
of this corporation in such agreements or otherwise to perfect such security interests; (d)
to sell to the Bank, with or without recourse, accounts, contract rights, general
intangibles, instruments, documents, chattel paper, equipment, inventory, insurance policies,
deposit accounts, rights in action or other personal property of this corporation; (e) to
endorse or assign and deliver such property to the Bank, and from time to time to withdraw
and make substitutions of such property, or to sell such property to third persons and cause
the proceeds of such sales to be applied against the obligations of this corporation to the
Bank; (f) to give subordinations, guaranties or other financial accommodations to the Bank
(it being the judgment of the governing body of this corporation that any such guaranties may
reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation); and (g) to endorse and deliver for
discount with the Bank, notes, certificates of deposit, bills of exchange, orders for the
payment of money, chattel paper, commercial, or other business paper, howsoever drawn, either
belonging to or coming into the possession of this corporation. The signature(s) of said
officer(s) appearing on any of the foregoing instruments shall be conclusive evidence of
(his/her) (their) approval thereof.

     FURTHER RESOLVED, that the authority granted to the officers of this corporation shall
continue in full force and effect, and said Bank may rely thereon in dealing with such
officers, unless and until written notice of any change in or revocation of such authority
shall be delivered to said Bank to the attention of Commercial Loan Servicing by an officer
or director of this corporation, and any action taken by said officers and relied on by said
Bank pursuant to the authority granted herein prior to its receipt of such written notice
shall be fully and conclusively binding on this corporation.

     FURTHER RESOLVED, that the actions of any officer of this corporation heretofore taken
in borrowing money from the Bank for and on behalf of this corporation, and in securing such
indebtedness in any manner authorized herein, and in selling or assigning property of this
corporation to the Bank with or without recourse, and in discounting with the Bank commercial
and other business paper, be and the same hereby are in all respects ratified, confirmed and
approved.

     FURTHER RESOLVED, that in consideration of any loans or other financial accommodation
made by the Bank to this corporation, this corporation shall be authorized to and shall
assume full responsibility for and hold the Bank harmless from any and all payments made or
any other actions taken by the Bank in reliance upon the signatures, including facsimiles
thereof, of any person or persons holding the offices of this corporation designated above
regardless of whether or not the use of the facsimile signature was unlawful or unauthorized
and regardless of by whom or by what means the purported signature or facsimile signature may
have been affixed to any instrument if such signatures reasonably resemble the specimen or
facsimile signatures as provided to the Bank, or for refusing to honor any signatures not
provided to the Bank; and that this corporation agrees to indemnify the Bank against any and
all claims, demands, losses, costs, damages or expenses suffered or incurred by the Bank
resulting from or arising out of any such payment or other action. The foregoing
indemnification shall be effective and may be enforced by the Bank upon delivery to the Bank
of a copy of this resolution certified by the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or any other
officer of this corporation.

     FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or any other officer of this
corporation is authorized and directed to certify to the Bank the foregoing resolutions and
that the provisions thereof are in conformity with the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws
of this corporation and to certify to the Bank the names of the persons now holding the
offices referred to above and any changes hereafter in the persons holding said offices
together with specimens of the signatures of such present and future officers.

 

     FURTHER RESOLVED, that all prior resolutions of this corporation authorizing the
borrowing of money from the Bank and the securing thereof, be and they hereby are rescinded
and superseded as to all borrowings from the Bank and security transactions with respect
thereto effected after the date of adoption of these resolutions.

	     0310A
©us
bancorp 2001	6/03

 

     I HEREBY CERTIFY that I am the duly elected, qualified and acting Secretary (or as
otherwise designated below) and the custodian of the records of the above-named corporation, a
corporation organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of

     Delaware  The foregoing resolutions (i) are true and correct copies of
the resolutions duly adopted in accordance with law and the Charter or Articles or Certificate
of Incorporation and By-Laws or Code of Regulations, as applicable, of the corporation and
that such resolutions are now in full force and effect without modifications and are duly
recorded in the minute book of the corporation or (ii) are otherwise in conformity with
existing resolutions, the Charter or Articles or Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws or
Code of Regulations, as applicable, of the corporation, and permit the officers designated
herein to undertake all the activities set forth above.

     I FURTHER CERTIFY that set forth below are the true titles, names and genuine signatures
of the duly elected or appointed, qualified and acting officers of said corporation presently
holding such offices who are authorized under the foregoing resolutions:

	 	 	 	 	 
	Title	 	Name*	 	Signature*
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Chairman of the
Board
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	President
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Vice President
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Treasurer

	 		 	 
	 

	 	 
	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Secretary
	 	Tom Hornish	 	/s/ Tom Hornish 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	Assistant Treasurer
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	Assistant Secretary

	 		 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	Other

	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Other

	 	Name & Title Thomas Allen Chief Financial Officer	 	/s/ Thomas Allen
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Other

	 	Name & Title
Roger Werner
Chief Executive Officer	 	/s/ Roger Werner
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Other

	 	Name & Title	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

     I FURTHER CERTIFY that copies of the Charter or Articles or Certificate of
Incorporation and By-Laws or Code of Regulations, as applicable, of the corporation which
have heretofore been delivered to the Bank or which are delivered herewith are true and
correct copies and that such Charter or Articles or Certificate and By-Laws or Code of
Regulations, as applicable, are presently in full force and effect.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have affixed my name in my official capacity and have caused the
corporate seal of the corporation to be hereunto affixed on

          (CORPORATE SEAL)

                                        

Secretary

 

			
	*	 	Only the names and signatures of officers who will act in transactions with the Bank need be
inserted.exv4w1

Exhibit 4.1

EXECUTION VERSION

 

SENIOR NOTES INDENTURE

Dated as of November 2, 2010

among,

RENT-A-CENTER, INC.,

THE GUARANTORS NAMED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO

and

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,

as Trustee

6.625% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2020

 

 

 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

	 	 	 
	Trust Indenture Act Section	 	Indenture Section
	310(a)(1)
	 	7.10
	(a)(2)
	 	7.10
	(a)(3)
	 	N.A.
	(a)(4)
	 	N.A.
	(a)(5)
	 	7.10
	(b)
	 	7.10
	(c)
	 	N.A.
	311(a)
	 	7.11
	(b)
	 	7.11
	(c)
	 	N.A.
	312(a)
	 	2.05
	(b)
	 	12.03
	(c)
	 	12.03
	313(a)
	 	7.06
	(b)(1)
	 	N.A.
	(b)(2)
	 	7.06;7.07
	(c)
	 	7.06;12.02
	(d)
	 	7.06
	314(a)
	 	4.03;12.02; 12.05
	(b)
	 	4.04
	(c)(1)
	 	12.04
	(c)(2)
	 	12.04
	(c)(3)
	 	N.A.
	(d)
	 	N.A.
	(e)
	 	12.05
	(f)
	 	N.A.
	315(a)
	 	7.01; 7.07
	(b)
	 	7.05; 12.02
	(c)
	 	7.01
	(d)
	 	7.01
	(e)
	 	6.14
	316(a)(last sentence)
	 	2.09
	(a)(1)(A)
	 	6.05
	(a)(1)(B)
	 	6.04
	(a)(2)
	 	N.A.
	(b)
	 	6.07
	(c)
	 	2.12; 9.04
	317(a)(1)
	 	6.08
	(a)(2)
	 	6.12
	(b)
	 	2.04
	318(a)
	 	12.01
	(b)
	 	N.A.
	(c)
	 	12.01

 

			
	N.A. means not applicable.
	 
	*	 	This Cross-Reference Table is not part of this Indenture.

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	ARTICLE 1	 	 	 	 
	 
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	 	 	 	 
	 
	Section 1.01 Definitions
	 	 	6	 
	Section 1.02 Other Definitions
	 	 	37	 
	Section 1.03 Rules of Construction
	 	 	38	 
	Section 1.04 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	 	 	38	 
	Section 1.05 Acts of Holders
	 	 	39	 
	 
	ARTICLE 2	 	 	 	 
	 
	THE NOTES	 	 	 	 
	 
	Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms
	 	 	41	 
	Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication
	 	 	42	 
	Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent
	 	 	42	 
	Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	 	 	42	 
	Section 2.05 Holder Lists
	 	 	43	 
	Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange
	 	 	43	 
	Section 2.07 Replacement Notes
	 	 	44	 
	Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes
	 	 	44	 
	Section 2.09 Treasury Notes
	 	 	45	 
	Section 2.10 Temporary Notes
	 	 	45	 
	Section 2.11 Cancellation
	 	 	45	 
	Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest
	 	 	45	 
	Section 2.13 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
	 	 	46	 
	 
	ARTICLE 3	 	 	 	 
	 
	REDEMPTION	 	 	 	 
	 
	Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee
	 	 	46	 
	Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased
	 	 	46	 
	Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption
	 	 	47	 
	Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	 	 	48	 
	Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
	 	 	48	 
	Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
	 	 	48	 
	Section 3.07 Optional Redemption
	 	 	49	 
	Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption
	 	 	50	 
	Section 3.09 Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds
	 	 	50	 
	 
	ARTICLE 4	 	 	 	 
	 
	COVENANTS	 	 	 	 
	 
	Section 4.01 Payment of Notes
	 	 	52	 

-2-

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	 	 	52	 
	Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information
	 	 	53	 
	Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate
	 	 	54	 
	Section 4.05 Taxes
	 	 	54	 
	Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	 	 	54	 
	Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments
	 	 	55	 
	Section 4.08 Limitation on Restrictions on Distribution From Restricted Subsidiaries
	 	 	60	 
	Section 4.09 Limitation on Indebtedness
	 	 	61	 
	Section 4.10 Asset Sales
	 	 	66	 
	Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates
	 	 	68	 
	Section 4.12 Limitation on Liens
	 	 	70	 
	Section 4.13 Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions
	 	 	70	 
	Section 4.14 Corporate Existence
	 	 	71	 
	Section 4.15 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
	 	 	71	 
	Section 4.16 Additional Subsidiary Guarantees
	 	 	73	 
	Section 4.17 Payment for Consent
	 	 	73	 
	 
	ARTICLE 5	 	 	 	 
	 
	SUCCESSORS	 	 	 	 
	 
	Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
	 	 	73	 
	Section 5.02 Successor Entity Substituted
	 	 	75	 
	 
	ARTICLE 6	 	 	 	 
	 
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	 	 	 	 
	 
	Section 6.01 Events of Default
	 	 	76	 
	Section 6.02 Acceleration
	 	 	78	 
	Section 6.03 Other Remedies
	 	 	79	 
	Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults
	 	 	79	 
	Section 6.05 Control by Majority
	 	 	79	 
	Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits
	 	 	79	 
	Section 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
	 	 	80	 
	Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee
	 	 	80	 
	Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies
	 	 	80	 
	Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative
	 	 	80	 
	Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver
	 	 	80	 
	Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	 	 	81	 
	Section 6.13 Priorities
	 	 	81	 
	Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs
	 	 	81	 
	 
	ARTICLE 7	 	 	 	 
	 
	TRUSTEE	 	 	 	 
	 
	Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee
	 	 	82	 
	Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee
	 	 	83	 
	Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee
	 	 	84	 
	Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	 	 	84	 

-3-

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults
	 	 	84	 
	Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes
	 	 	84	 
	Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity
	 	 	85	 
	Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee
	 	 	86	 
	Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
	 	 	86	 
	Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification
	 	 	87	 
	Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer
	 	 	87	 
	 
	ARTICLE 8	 	 	 	 
	 
	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	 	 	 	 
	 
	Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	 	 	87	 
	Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
	 	 	87	 
	Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance
	 	 	88	 
	Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	 	 	88	 
	Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 
	 	 	90	 
	Section 8.06 Repayment to the Issuer
	 	 	90	 
	Section 8.07 Reinstatement
	 	 	90	 
	 
	ARTICLE 9	 	 	 	 
	 
	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	 	 	 	 
	 
	Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders
	 	 	91	 
	Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders
	 	 	92	 
	Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	 	 	93	 
	Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents
	 	 	93	 
	Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	 	 	94	 
	Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
	 	 	94	 
	 
	ARTICLE 10	 	 	 	 
	 
	GUARANTEES	 	 	 	 
	 
	Section 10.01 Guarantee
	 	 	94	 
	Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability
	 	 	96	 
	Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery
	 	 	96	 
	Section 10.04 Subrogation
	 	 	96	 
	Section 10.05 Benefits Acknowledged
	 	 	97	 
	Section 10.06 Release of Note Guarantees
	 	 	97	 
	 
	ARTICLE 11	 	 	 	 
	 
	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	 	 	 	 
	 
	Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge
	 	 	98	 
	Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money
	 	 	98	 

-4-

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	ARTICLE 12	 	 	 	 
	 
	MISCELLANEOUS	 	 	 	 
	 
	Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls
	 	 	99	 
	Section 12.02 Notices
	 	 	99	 
	Section 12.03 Communication by Holders with Other Holders
	 	 	101	 
	Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	 	 	101	 
	Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	 	 	101	 
	Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents
	 	 	101	 
	Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Members, Partners and Stockholders
	 	 	102	 
	Section 12.08 Governing Law
	 	 	102	 
	Section 12.09 Waiver of Jury Trial
	 	 	102	 
	Section 12.10 Force Majeure
	 	 	102	 
	Section 12.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	 	 	102	 
	Section 12.12 Successors
	 	 	102	 
	Section 12.13 Severability
	 	 	103	 
	Section 12.14 Counterpart Originals
	 	 	103	 
	Section 12.15 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	 	 	103	 
	Section 12.16 U.S.A. PATRIOT Act
	 	 	103	 
	Section 12.17 Payments Due on Non-Business Days
	 	 	103	 
	Section 12.18 Qualification of Indenture
	 	 	103	 

	 	 	 

	Appendix A

	 	Provisions Relating to Initial Notes, Additional Notes and Exchange Notes
	 
	Exhibit A

	 	Form of Note
	Exhibit B

	 	Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors

-5-

 

          INDENTURE, dated as of November 2, 2010, among Rent-A-Center, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto and The
Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee.

W I T N E S S E T H

          WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the creation and issuance of $300,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Initial Notes”); and

          WHEREAS, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors have duly authorized the execution and delivery
of this Indenture;

          NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of
each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01 Definitions.

          “Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, (1) Indebtedness
of any other Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such other Person is merged
with or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person or (2) assumed in connection with
the acquisition of assets from such other Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such
Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such other Person being merged
with or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person or such acquisition, and
Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person, but
excluding Indebtedness extinguished, retired or repaid in connection with such Person merging with
or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person. Acquired Indebtedness will be deemed
to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (1) of the preceding sentence, on the date such
Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (2) of the preceding sentence,
on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets.

          “Additional Assets” means:

     (1) any property, plant, equipment or other asset (for the avoidance of doubt,
excluding working capital or current assets but including the purchase of merchandise
(inventory) held for rent or sale, idle inventory, rental agreements associated with any
such merchandise, and store or kiosk locations (including leases with respect thereto)), and
improvements and additions thereto, and other capital expenditures with respect thereto, to
be used by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Similar Business;

     (2) the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result
of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; or

     (3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time
is a Restricted Subsidiary;

provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3), such Restricted
Subsidiary is primarily engaged in a Similar Business.

-6-

 

          “Additional Interest” means the additional interest payable as a consequence of the
failure to effectuate, within the prescribed time periods, the exchange offer and/or shelf
registration procedures set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

          “Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes and Exchange
Notes for such Initial Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with
Sections 2.01 and 4.09.

          “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly,
controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.
For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the
terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) when
used with respect to any Person means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct
the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership
of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and
“controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing; provided that exclusively
for purposes of Section 4.10 and Section 4.11, beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting
Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control.

          “Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

          “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note on any date of redemption, the
greater of:

     (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and

     (2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value as of such date of redemption of
(i) the redemption price of such Note on November 15, 2015 (such redemption price being set
forth in Section 3.07) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through
November 15, 2015 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption),
computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such date of redemption plus
50 basis points, over (b) the then-outstanding principal of such Note.

          “Asset Disposition” means any sale, lease (other than an operating lease entered into
in the ordinary course of business), transfer, issuance or other disposition, or a series of
related sales, leases (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of
business), transfers, issuances or dispositions that are part of a common plan, of (1) shares of
Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than shares required by applicable law to be owned
by another Person, including directors’ qualifying shares), (2) property or (3) other assets (each
referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”) by the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar
transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, “Asset Disposition” does not mean the issuance or sale by
the Issuer of Capital Stock, debt security or any other security of the Issuer.

          Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items will not be deemed to be Asset
Dispositions:

     (1) a disposition of shares of Capital Stock, property or other assets by a
Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to a
Restricted Subsidiary;

     (2) a disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business;

     (3) a disposition of property and assets in the ordinary course of business,
including, without limitation, (i) the sale or rent of merchandise to customers,
(ii) the sale or other

-7-

 

disposition of merchandise to franchisees for sale or rent to customers of
franchisees and (iii) the sale or discount, with or without recourse, and on
commercially reasonable terms, of delinquent accounts receivable or notes receivable
arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of
accounts receivable for notes receivable;

     (4) a disposition of obsolete or worn out equipment or equipment that is no longer
used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries
and that is disposed of in each case in the ordinary course of business;

     (5) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a
manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of
Control pursuant to this Indenture;

     (6) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or to
another Restricted Subsidiary;

     (7) for purposes of Section 4.10 only, the making of a Permitted Investment (other
than a Permitted Investment to the extent such transaction results in the receipt of cash or
Cash Equivalents by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries) or a disposition subject to
Section 4.07;

     (8) dispositions of assets in a single transaction or a series of related
transactions in which the aggregate fair market value of the assets disposed does not exceed
$1.0 million for each such transaction or series of related transactions;

     (9) the creation of a Lien that is not prohibited by this Indenture and
dispositions in connection with such Liens;

     (10) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or
collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar
proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

     (11) the issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock that is permitted
by Section 4.09;

     (12) (a) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general
intangibles and (b) licenses, leases or subleases of other property in the ordinary course
of business which do not materially interfere with the business of the Issuer and its
Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (13) foreclosure or other realization pursuant to Lien rights on assets;

     (14) any sale of Capital Stock in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an
Unrestricted Subsidiary;

     (15) dispositions to or by the Insurance Subsidiary of Capital Stock of the
Issuer;

     (16) dispositions to or by the Insurance Subsidiary of Indebtedness described in
Section 4.09(b)(13) to the Issuer or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary;

     (17) dispositions by the Insurance Subsidiary effected solely for the purpose of
liquidating assets in order to permit the Insurance Subsidiary to pay expenses and to make

-8-

 

payments on insurance claims of the Issuer and/or any of its Subsidiaries with the
proceeds of such dispositions;

     (18) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like
property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business; and

     (19) the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange, between the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person, of Additional Assets (an “Asset Swap”)
provided that any cash received in connection with such transaction must be applied in
accordance Section 4.10, and provided, further:

     (a) in the event such Asset Swap involves an aggregate consideration in
excess of $25.0 million but less than or equal to $75.0 million, as determined by
the a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith, the terms of such Asset Swap
will have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of
the Issuer; and

     (b) in the event such Asset Swap involves an aggregate consideration in
excess of $75.0 million, as determined by the a majority of the Board of Directors
in good faith, the Issuer will have received a written opinion from an Independent
Financial Advisor that such Asset Swap is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view.

          “Attributable Indebtedness” in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as at
the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the interest rate implicit in the
transaction) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments (other than amounts
required to be paid on account of property taxes, maintenance, repairs, insurance, assessments,
utilities, operating and labor costs and other items that do not constitute payments for property
rights) during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction
(including any period for which such lease has been extended), determined in accordance with GAAP;
provided, however, that if such Sale/Leaseback Transaction results in a Capitalized
Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance
with the definition of “Capitalized Lease Obligations.”

          “Average Life” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any
Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of
the numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled
principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such
Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by (2) the sum of all such payments.

          “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code, as amended, or any similar federal, state
or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

          “beneficial ownership” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule
13d-5 under the Exchange Act, and “beneficial owner” has a corresponding meaning.

          “Board of Directors” means:

     (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or
(other than for purposes of determining Change of Control) the executive committee of the
board of directors;

     (2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of
the partnership;

-9-

 

     (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving
a similar function.

          “Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which
banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.

          “Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase,
warrants, equity appreciation rights, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests
in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Common Stock or Preferred Stock and
limited liability company or partnership interests (whether member or general or limited), but
excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

          “Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified
and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP,
and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of
such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined in accordance
with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any
other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without
penalty.

          “Cash Equivalents” means:

     (1) U.S. dollars, or in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies
held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

     (2) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United
States Government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States (provided that the
full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof), having maturities
of not more than one year from the date of acquisition;

     (3) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of
America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof
maturing within one year from the date of acquisition and, at the time of acquisition,
having a credit rating of “A” or better from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized
Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies cease publishing ratings of
investments;

     (4) certificates of deposit, time deposits, Eurodollar time deposits, overnight
bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the
date of acquisition thereof issued by any commercial bank the long-term debt of which is
rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A” or the equivalent thereof by Standard
& Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc., or “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service,
Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized Rating Agency, if both of
the two named Rating Agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and having combined
capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million;

     (5) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying
securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) entered into with any bank
meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

     (6) commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A 2” or the
equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or “P 2” or the equivalent
thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally
recognized

-10-

 

Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies cease publishing ratings of
investments, and in any case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition thereof;
and

     (7) interests in any investment company or money market fund which invests 95% or
more of its assets in instruments of the type specified in clauses (1) through (6) above.

          “Change of Control” means:

     (1) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections
13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3
and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that such person or group will be deemed to have
“beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person or group has the right to acquire,
whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly
or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer
or any of its direct or indirect parent entities (or their successor by merger,
consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of their assets); or

     (2) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of
the Issuer are not Continuing Directors; or

     (3) the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition (other
than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all
or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a
whole to any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange
Act); or

     (4) the adoption by the stockholders of the Issuer of a plan or proposal for the
liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer.

     (5) the Issuer shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Voting Stock
of RAC East.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control will not be deemed to occur upon the
consummation of any actions undertaken by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries solely
for the purpose of effecting a reorganization of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
provided that none of the events described in paragraphs (1) through and including (4) of this
definition has occurred.

          “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          “Common Stock” means with respect to any Capital Stock of any Person, any and all
shares, interest or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether
voting or nonvoting) of such Person’s common stock whether or not outstanding on the Issue Date,
and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.

          “Consolidated Coverage Ratio” means as of any date of determination, with respect to
any Person, the ratio of (x) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the
period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such
determination for which financial statements prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with
GAAP (subject to year-end audit adjustments and footnotes, as applicable) are available to (y)
Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters, provided, however, that:

     (1) if the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary:

-11-

 

     (a) has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that
remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise
to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is or includes an
Incurrence of Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense
for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such
Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such
period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any
revolving Debt Facility outstanding on the date of such calculation will be deemed
to be (i) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal
quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or (ii) if
such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average
daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of
such facility to the date of such calculation) and the discharge of any other
Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise
discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had
occurred on the first day of such period; or

     (b) has repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise
discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of the period that is no longer
outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the
need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio includes a discharge of
Indebtedness (in each case, other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving
Debt Facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and the related
commitment terminated and not replaced), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated
Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro
forma basis to such discharge of such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of
such new Indebtedness, as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such
period;

     (2) if since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
will have made any Asset Disposition or disposed of or discontinued (as defined under GAAP)
any company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of
business or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated
Coverage Ratio includes such a transaction:

     (a) the Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount
equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to such disposition or
discontinuation for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated
EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period; and

     (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be reduced by an
amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to any Indebtedness
of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired,
defeased or otherwise discharged (to the extent the related commitment is
permanently reduced) with respect to the Issuer and its continuing Restricted
Subsidiaries in connection with such transaction for such period (or, if the Capital
Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for
such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary
to the extent the Issuer and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer
liable for such Indebtedness after such sale);

     (3) if since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
(by merger or otherwise) will have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any
Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into the Issuer or a
Restricted

-12-

 

Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring
in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, which
constitutes all or substantially all of a company, division, operating unit, segment,
business, group of related assets or line of business, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated
Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto
(including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred
on the first day of such period; and

     (4) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a
Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
since the beginning of such period) will have Incurred any Indebtedness or discharged any
Indebtedness or made any disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets that would
have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (1), (2) or (3) above if made by the Issuer
or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest
Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such
transaction occurred on the first day of such period.

          For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any calculation
under this definition, the pro forma calculations will be determined in good faith by a responsible
financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (including pro forma expense and cost reductions
calculated on a basis consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act). If any Indebtedness
bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such
Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the
applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable
to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months).
If any Indebtedness that is being given pro forma effect bears an interest rate at the option of
the Issuer, the interest rate will be calculated by applying such optional rate chosen by the
Issuer.

          “Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:

     (1) increased (without duplication) by the following items to the extent deducted
in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

     (a) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus

     (b) Consolidated Income Taxes; plus

     (c) consolidated depreciation expense (excluding depreciation of rental
merchandise); plus

(d) consolidated amortization expense or impairment charges recorded in
connection with the application of Financial Accounting Standard No. 142
“Goodwill and Other Intangibles” and Financial Accounting Standard No. 144
“Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long Lived Assets;” plus

(e) other non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income, including
any write-offs or write-downs (excluding any such non-cash charge to the
extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future
period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was capitalized at the
time of payment) and non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of
stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or
other rights to officers, directors or employees;

-13-

 

     (2) decreased (without duplication) by

(a) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for
such period (excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual
of, or reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced Consolidated
EBITDA in any prior period); and

(b) any extraordinary or unusual or non-recurring income or gain (but
not loss) (including gains, but not losses, realized upon the sale of or
other disposition of an asset of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries
that is disposed of other than in the ordinary course of business);

     (3) increased or decreased (without duplication) to eliminate the following items
reflected in Consolidated Net Income:

(a) any unrealized net gain or loss resulting in such period from
Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 133;

(b) any unrealized gains and losses relating to financial instruments to
which fair value accounting is applied;

(c) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency
translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of
Indebtedness; and

(d) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments
pushed down to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in any line item
in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP
resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any
completed acquisition.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, clauses (1)(b) through (e) relating to amounts of a Restricted
Subsidiary of a Person will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated EBITDA of
such Person only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income (loss) of such
Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and,
to the extent the amounts set forth in clauses (1)(b) through (e) are in excess of those necessary
to offset a net loss of such Restricted Subsidiary or if such Restricted Subsidiary has net income
for such period included in Consolidated Net Income, only if a corresponding amount would be
permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Issuer by such Restricted Subsidiary
without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all
agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations
applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.

          “Consolidated Income Taxes” means, with respect to any Person for any period, taxes
imposed upon such Person or other payments required to be made by such Person by any governmental
authority which taxes or other payments are imposed, measured or calculated by reference to the
income or profits or capital of such Person or such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the
extent such income or profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period),
including, without limitation, state, franchise, capital and similar taxes and foreign withholding
taxes regardless of whether such taxes or payments are required to be remitted to any governmental
authority.

-14-

 

          “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the total interest expense of
the Issuer and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, whether paid or accrued, plus, to the
extent not included in such interest expense:

     (1) interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations and the interest
portion of rent expense associated with Attributable Indebtedness in respect of the relevant
lease giving rise thereto, determined as if such lease were a capitalized lease in
accordance with GAAP and the interest component of any deferred payment obligations;

     (2) amortization of debt discount (including the amortization of original issue
discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par) and debt issuance
cost; provided, however, that any amortization of bond premium will be
credited to reduce Consolidated Interest Expense unless, pursuant to GAAP, such amortization
of bond premium has otherwise reduced Consolidated Interest Expense;

     (3) non-cash interest expense, but any non-cash interest income or expense
attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other
derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP will be excluded from the calculation of
Consolidated Interest Expense;

     (4) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters
of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing;

     (5) the interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by
such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such
Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries but only to the extent actually paid by the
Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary under any Guarantee of Indebtedness or other
obligation of any other Person;

     (6) costs associated with entering into Hedging Obligations (including amortization
of fees) related to Indebtedness;

     (7) interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was
capitalized during such period;

     (8) the product of (a) all dividends paid or payable, in cash, Cash Equivalents or
Indebtedness or accrued during such period on any series of Disqualified Stock of such
Person or on Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors payable
to a party other than the Issuer or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, times (b) a fraction, the
numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current
combined federal, state, provincial and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed
as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP; and

     (9) the cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to
the extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any
Person (other than the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in connection with
Indebtedness Incurred by such plan or trust.

          For the purpose of calculating the Consolidated Coverage Ratio, the calculation of
Consolidated Interest Expense will include all interest expense (including any amounts described in
clauses (1) through (9) above) relating to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary described in the final paragraph of the definition of “Indebtedness.”

-15-

 

          For purposes of the foregoing, total interest expense will be determined (i) after giving
effect to any net payments made or received by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries with respect to
Interest Rate Agreements and (ii) exclusive of amounts classified as other comprehensive income in
the balance sheet of the Issuer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, fees,
interest and other charges (including by means of granting discounts) paid by the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any transaction pursuant to which the Issuer or its
Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer or grant a security interest in any
accounts receivable or related assets will be (without duplication) included in Consolidated
Interest Expense.

          “Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Issuer
and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with
GAAP; provided, however, that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net
Income on an after-tax basis:

     (1) any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted
Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, except that:

     (a) subject to the limitations contained in clauses (3) through (7) below,
the Issuer’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be
included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually
distributed by such Person during such period to the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend
or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in
clause (2) below); and

     (b) the Issuer’s equity in a net loss of any such Person (other than an
Unrestricted Subsidiary) for such period will be included in determining such
Consolidated Net Income to the extent such loss has been funded with cash from the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

     (2) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted
Payments under Section 4.07(a)(4)(C)(1) any net income (but not loss) of any Restricted
Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) if such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to prior
government approval or other restrictions due to the operation of its charter or any
agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order statute, rule or government regulation (which
have not been waived), directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of
distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Issuer, except
that:

     (a) subject to the limitations contained in clauses (3) through (7) below,
the Issuer’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such
period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount
of cash that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such
period to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend (subject, in the
case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in
this clause); and

     (b) the Issuer’s equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for
such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;

     (3) any gain or loss (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) realized upon
sales or other dispositions of any assets of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, other
than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by (a) in respect of
assets with a fair market value of less than or equal to $10.0 million, a responsible
financial officer, (b) in respect of assets with a fair market value greater than $10.0
million but less than or equal to $25.0

-16-

 

million, a member of senior management, and (c) in respect of assets with a fair market
value in excess of $25.0 million, the Board of Directors of the Issuer;

     (4) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of
Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments;

     (5) any extraordinary gain or loss;

     (6) any net income (loss) included in the consolidated statement of operations due
to the application of Financial Accounting Standard No. 160 “Noncontrolling Interests in
Consolidated Financial Statements;” and

     (7) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

          “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board
of Directors of the Issuer who: (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date; or
(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a
majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination
or election.

          “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee
specified in Section 12.02 or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the
Holders and the Issuer.

          “Currency Agreement” means in respect of a Person any foreign exchange contract,
currency swap agreement, futures contract, option contract or other similar agreement as to which
such Person is a party or a beneficiary.

          “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form,
or any successor entity thereto.

          “Debt Facility” means, with respect to the Issuer or any Guarantor, one or more debt
facilities (including, without limitation, the Senior Credit Facility) or commercial paper facility
with banks or other institutional investors or lenders or dealers providing for revolving credit
loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders
or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or
letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded,
replaced or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors)
in whole or in part from time to time (and whether or not with the original trustee, holders,
purchasers, administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other
lenders and whether provided under the original Senior Credit Facility or any other credit or other
agreement or indenture).

          “Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would
be, an Event of Default.

          “Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the non-cash consideration received by the
Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so
designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate setting forth
the Fair Market Value of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration and the basis of such valuation,
less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale,
redemption or payment of, on, or with respect to, such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.

-17-

 

          “Definitive Note” means a certificated Initial Note or Additional Note or Exchange
Note (bearing the Restricted Notes Legend if the transfer of such Note is restricted by applicable
law) that does not include the Global Notes Legend.

          “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part
in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes,
and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such
pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

          “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such
Person that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which
it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:

          (1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or
otherwise;

          (2) is convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding
Capital Stock which is convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that upon such conversion or exchange it will be an
Incurrence of such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock)); or

          (3) is redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part,

          in each case on or prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the Stated Maturity of the
Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that only
the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or
exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be
deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided, further, that any Capital Stock that would constitute
Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Issuer or its
Restricted Subsidiaries to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of Control
or Asset Disposition (each defined in a substantially identical manner to the corresponding
definitions in this Indenture) will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital
Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or exchangeable or for which it is
redeemable) provide that the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, are not required
to repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is
convertible or exchangeable or for which it is redeemable) pursuant to such provision prior to
compliance by the Issuer with Section 4.10 and Section 4.15 and such repurchase or redemption
complies with Section 4.07.

          “Domestic Subsidiary” means with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of
such Person that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America, or any
state thereof, or the District of Columbia.

          “DTC” means the Depository Trust Company.

          “Equity Offering” means a public offering for cash by the Issuer of its Common Stock,
or options, warrants or rights with respect to its Common Stock, other than (1) public offerings
with respect to the Issuer’s Common Stock, or options, warrants or rights, registered on Form S-4
or S-8, (2) an issuance to any Subsidiary or (3) any offering of Common Stock issued in connection
with a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control.

          “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules
and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

-18-

 

          “Exchange Notes” means Notes issued in a registered exchange offer pursuant to a
corresponding Registration Rights Agreement.

          “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

          “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration
Rights Agreement.

          “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market
value of such asset or liability as determined by a responsible financial officer of the Issuer in
good faith; provided that if the fair market value exceeds $25.0 million, such
determination will be made by Senior Management of the Issuer, and provided,
further, if the fair market value exceeds $75.0 million such determination will be made by
the Board of Directors of the Issuer or an authorized committee thereof in good faith (including as
to the value of all non-cash assets and liabilities).

          “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not organized under the
laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia
and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary.

          “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America
as in effect as of the Issue Date, including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of
the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and
statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other
statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession.
All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture will be computed in
conformity with GAAP, except that in the event the Issuer is acquired in a transaction that is
accounted for using purchase accounting, the effects of the application of purchase accounting will
be disregarded in the calculation of such ratios and other computations contained in this
Indenture.

          “Government Securities” means securities that are (1) direct obligations of the United
States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2)
obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of
the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full
faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, are not
callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and will also include a depositary
receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with
respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any
such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary
receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any
deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received
by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or
interest on the U.S. Government Securities evidenced by such depositary receipt.

          “Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or
indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or
indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

     (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of)
such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership
arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or
services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

-19-

 

     (2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such
Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect
thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” will not include
endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

          The term “Guarantee” used as verb has a corresponding meaning.

          “Guarantor” means each Restricted Subsidiary in existence on the Issue Date that
provides a Note Guarantee on the Issue Date (and any other Restricted Subsidiary that provides a
Note Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture); provided that upon release or discharge
of such Restricted Subsidiary from its Note Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such
Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a Guarantor.

          “Guarantor Pari Passu Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Guarantor that ranks
equally in right of payment to its Note Guarantee.

          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding paragraph, Guarantor Pari Passu
Indebtedness will not include:

          (1) any Indebtedness Incurred in violation of this Indenture;

          (2) any obligations of such Guarantor to another Subsidiary or the Issuer;

          (3) any liability for Federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes owed or owing by such
Guarantor;

          (4) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course
of business (including Guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities);

          (5) any Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of such Guarantor that is expressly subordinate
or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of such Guarantor;
or

          (6) any Capital Stock.

          “Guarantor Subordinated Obligation” means, with respect to a Guarantor, any
Indebtedness of such Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that
is expressly subordinated or junior in right of payment to the obligations of such Guarantor under
its Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement.

          “Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to
any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement.

          “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

          “Incur” means issue, create, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for;
provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at
the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition
or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary; and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the
foregoing.

          “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without
duplication):

-20-

 

     (1) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of indebtedness of such Person
for borrowed money;

     (2) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of obligations of such Person
evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

     (3) the principal component of all obligations of such Person in respect of letters
of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (including reimbursement
obligations with respect thereto except to the extent such reimbursement obligation relates
to a trade payable or similar obligations and such obligation is satisfied within 30 days of
Incurrence);

     (4) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred
and unpaid purchase price of property (including earn out obligations), which purchase price
is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking
delivery and title thereto, except (a) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or
similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of
business and (b) any earn-out or other similar adjustment to purchase price obligation until
the amount of such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in
accordance with GAAP;

     (5) Capitalized Lease Obligations and all Attributable Indebtedness of such Person
(whether or not such items would appear on the balance sheet of the guarantor or obligor);

     (6) the principal component or liquidation preference of all obligations of such
Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified
Stock or, with respect to any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding,
in each case, any accrued dividends);

     (7) the principal component of indebtedness or obligations of other Persons which
are of a type referred to in clauses (1) through (6) above and (9) below and are secured by
a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such indebtedness and obligations are
assumed by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of such
indebtedness or obligations will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset
at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such indebtedness or obligation of such
other Persons;

     (8) the principal component of indebtedness or obligations of other Persons which
are of a type referred in clauses (1) through (6) above and (9) below, to the extent
Guaranteed by such Person (whether or not such items would appear on the balance sheet of
the guarantor or obligor); and

     (9) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net Hedging
Obligations of such Person (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to
the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that
would be payable by such Person at such time).

          The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date will be (without duplication) the
outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the
maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any
contingent obligations at such date; provided that contingent obligations arising in the ordinary
course of business and not with respect to borrowed money of such Person or other Persons will not
be deemed to constitute Indebtedness. Notwithstanding the foregoing, money borrowed and set aside
at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness in order to pre-fund the payment of interest on
such Indebtedness will not be deemed to be “Indebtedness,” provided that such money is held to
secure the payment of such interest.

-21-

 

          In addition, “Indebtedness” of any Person will include Indebtedness as defined in the
preceding paragraph that would not appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person if:

     (1) such Indebtedness is the obligation of a partnership or joint venture that is
not a Restricted Subsidiary (a “Joint Venture”);

     (2) such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner of
the Joint Venture (a “General Partner”); and

     (3) there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, with respect to the payment
of such Indebtedness to property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such
Person; and then such Indebtedness will be included in an amount not to exceed:

     (a) the lesser of (i) the net assets of the General Partner and (ii) the
amount of such obligations to the extent that there is recourse, by contract or
operation of law, to the property or assets of such Person or a Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person; or

     (b) if less than the amount determined pursuant to clause (a) immediately
above, the actual amount of such Indebtedness that is recourse to such Person or a
Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, if the Indebtedness is evidenced by a writing
and is for a determinable amount.

          “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

          “Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking
firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that
is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been
engaged.

          “Initial Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

          “Initial Purchasers” means J.P. Morgan Securities, LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Banc of
America Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and BB&T Capital Markets, a division of Scott
& Stringfellow, LLC.

          “Insurance Subsidiary” means Legacy Insurance Co., Ltd., a Bermuda company and a
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer formed for the sole purpose of writing insurance only for the
risks of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, and its successors and permitted assigns.

          “interest” with respect to the Notes means interest with respect thereto and (without
duplication) “Additional Interest”, if any.

          “Interest Payment Date” means May 15 and November 15 of each year to Stated Maturity
of the Notes, commencing May 15, 2011.

          “Interest Rate Agreement” means, with respect to any Person any interest rate
protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate
swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge
agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is party or a
beneficiary.

          “Investment” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in
other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of any direct or indirect advance, loan (other
than advances or extensions of credit to customers and commissions, moving, travel and similar
advances to officers, employees, directors and consultants, in each case made in the ordinary
course of business) or other

-22-

 

extensions of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement, but excluding any
debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit (other than a time deposit)) or capital
contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for
property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital
Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such Person and all other items that
are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP;
provided that none of the following will be deemed to be an Investment:

     (1) Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business and in
compliance with this Indenture;

     (2) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of
business; and

     (3) an acquisition of assets, Capital Stock or other securities by the Issuer or a
Subsidiary for consideration to the extent such consideration consists of (a) Capital Stock
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or (b) proceeds of a substantially concurrent
issuance or sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer.

     For purposes of Section 4.07:

     (1) “Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity
interest in a Restricted Subsidiary that is to be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of
the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such
Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided,
however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary,
the Issuer will be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted
Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Issuer’s aggregate “Investment” in
such Subsidiary as of the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to
the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets
of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so re-designated a Restricted
Subsidiary;

     (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued
at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer; and

     (3) if the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any
Voting Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or
disposition, such entity is no longer a Subsidiary of the Issuer, the Issuer will be deemed
to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair
Market Value of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of.

          “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the
equivalent) by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or BBB- (or the equivalent) by Standard & Poor’s
Ratings Group, Inc., or any equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency, in each case, with a
stable or better outlook.

          “Issue Date” means November 2, 2010.

          “Issuer” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture or any
successor obligor to its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to Article 5.

          “Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of:

-23-

 

     (1) the sum of the aggregate outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer and its
Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal
financial statements prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (subject to
year-end audit adjustments and footnotes, as applicable) are available, to

     (2) Consolidated EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the
period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such
determination for which financial statements are available;

     provided, however, that:

     (3) if the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary:

     (a) has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that
remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise
to the need to calculate the Leverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness,
Indebtedness at the end of such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated
Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro
forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the
first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of
Indebtedness under any revolving Debt Facility outstanding on the date of such
calculation will be deemed to be:

     (i) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four
fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was
outstanding or

     (ii) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal
quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period
from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation,
and the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, redeemed,
retired, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new
Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such
period; or

     (b) has repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise
discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of the period that is no longer
outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the
need to calculate the Leverage Ratio includes a discharge of Indebtedness (in each
case, other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving Debt Facility unless such
Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and the related commitment terminated),
Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense and Indebtedness for such period
will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such discharge of
such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, as if such
discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

     (4) if since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
will have made any Asset Disposition or disposed of or discontinued any company, division,
operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business or if the
transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Leverage Ratio includes such an Asset
Disposition:

     (a) the Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount
equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to such disposition or
discontinuation for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated
EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period;

-24-

 

     (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be reduced by an
amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to any Indebtedness
of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired,
defeased or otherwise discharged with respect to the Issuer and its continuing
Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such transaction for such period (or, if
the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest
Expense for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted
Subsidiary to the extent the Issuer and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are
no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale); and

     (c) Indebtedness at the end of such period will be reduced by an amount
equal to the Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or
otherwise discharged with the Net Available Cash of such Asset Disposition and the
assumption of Indebtedness by the transferee;

     (5) if since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
(by merger or otherwise) will have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any
Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets
occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, which
constitutes all or substantially all of a company, division, operating unit, segment,
business or group of related assets or line of business, Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated
Interest Expense and Indebtedness for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma
effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or
acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and

     (6) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a
Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
since the beginning of such period) will have Incurred any Indebtedness or discharged any
Indebtedness or made any disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets that would
have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (3), (4) or (5) above if made by the Issuer
or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest
Expense and Indebtedness for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect
thereto as if such transaction occurred on the first day of such period.

          The pro forma calculations will be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or
accounting Officer of the Issuer (including pro forma expense and cost reductions calculated on a
basis consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act). If any Indebtedness bears a
floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such
Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the
applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable
to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months).

          “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise),
pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind
in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable
law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature
thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or
agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent
statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event will an operating lease or a
contractual provision that restricts the ability to grant or permit a Lien on property or assets,
or a contractual provision similar to Section 4.10 that requires the

-25-

 

application of sale proceeds on unsecured properties or assets to specified Indebtedness, to
be deemed to constitute a Lien.

          “Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including
any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or
installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any
securities or other assets received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding
any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness
or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset
Disposition or received in any other non cash form) therefrom, in each case net of:

     (1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses,
commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial,
foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after
taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements),
as a consequence of such Asset Disposition;

     (2) all payments made on any Indebtedness that is secured by any assets subject to
such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which
must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or
by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;

     (3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest
holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and

     (4) the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve,
in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in
such Asset Disposition and retained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after such
Asset Disposition.

          “Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or
Indebtedness, the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees,
underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage,
consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale
and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account
any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements).

          “Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.

          “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness of a Person:

     (1) as to which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides any
Guarantee or credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, Guarantee, indemnity,
agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness, but excluding any pledge of
stock of Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is an obligor of the related
Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise);

     (2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof
may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon
notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default under such other Indebtedness or cause the
payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

-26-

 

     (3) the explicit terms of which provide there is no recourse against any of the
assets of the Issuer (other than the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is an
obligor of such Indebtedness) or its Restricted Subsidiaries.

          “Note Guarantee” means, individually, any Guarantee of payment of the Notes, the
Issuer’s Obligations under this Indenture, and Exchange Notes issued in a registered exchange offer
pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement by a Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this
Indenture and any supplemental indenture thereto.

          “Notes” means the Initial Notes and more particularly means any Note authenticated and
delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” will also
include any Additional Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture and Notes to be
issued or authenticated upon transfer, replacement or exchange of Notes.

          “Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing
subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the
rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an
allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), other monetary obligations,
penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect
to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and Guarantees of
payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and
other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

          “Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated October 28, 2010, relating
to the sale of the Initial Notes.

          “Offer to Purchase” means an Asset Disposition Offer or a Change of Control Offer.

          “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President,
the Chief Financial Officer, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President,
the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer, or, in the event that the Issuer is a partnership or
a limited liability company that has no such officers, a person duly authorized under applicable
law by the general partner, managers, members or a similar body to act on behalf of the Issuer.
Officer of any Guarantor has a correlative meaning.

          “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers of the Issuer, one
of whom is the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the
principal accounting officer or by an Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant
Secretary of the Issuer.

          “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to
the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer.

          “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that ranks equally in right of payment to
the Notes (without giving effect to collateral arrangements) or the Note Guarantees.

          “Permitted Investment” means an Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
in:

          (1) a Restricted Subsidiary;

-27-

 

     (2) any Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person
that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

     (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

     (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is
merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of
its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary,

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided, that such Investment was
not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or
transfer;

     (3) cash and Cash Equivalents;

     (4) franchise contracts, installment contracts, rental contracts, service plans and
all other amounts and receivables owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary created
or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance
with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such
concessionary trade terms as the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable
under the circumstances;

     (5) payroll, travel, commissions and similar advances to cover matters that are
expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting
purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

     (6) loans or advances to employees, Officers or directors of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount not in
excess of $1.0 million at any one time outstanding;

     (7) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:

     (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the
Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a
bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other
Investment or accounts receivable;

     (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with
respect to any secured Investment in default; or

     (c) in settlement of debts, claims and disputes owed to the Issuer or any
of the Restricted Subsidiaries which arose out of transactions in the ordinary
course of business;

     (8) Investments (a) made as a result of the receipt of non cash consideration from
an Asset Disposition that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 or any
other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Disposition and (b) Investments in
Additional Assets made in connection with an Asset Swap as described in clause (19) of the
definition of “Asset Disposition”.

-28-

 

     (9) Investments in existence on the Issue Date and renewals and replacements
thereof on terms not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries,
as the case may be, than the terms of the Investments being renewed or replaced;

     (10) Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements and related Hedging Obligations,
which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 4.09;

     (11) Guarantees issued in accordance with Section 4.09 and Guarantees received with
respect to any Permitted Investment described in any of the above or below clauses;

     (12) Investments made in connection with the funding of contributions under any
non-qualified retirement plan or similar employee compensation plan in an amount not to
exceed the amount of compensation expense recognized by the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in connection with such plans;

     (13) Investments by the Insurance Subsidiary in indebtedness of the Issuer and any
Restricted Subsidiary described in Section 4.09(b)(13);

     (14) Investments in the Insurance Subsidiary in amounts not to exceed, in any
fiscal year of the Issuer, the lesser of (x) $75.0 million and (y) the amount that will
appear as an expense for self-insurance costs on the Issuer’s consolidated income statement;

     (15) Investments in Symbius Inc. up to an aggregate amount from and after the Issue
Date not to exceed $10.0 million;

     (16) short-term loans extended by the Issuer or any Guarantor in the ordinary
course of its financial services business; and

     (17) to the extent not otherwise permitted in any other clause of this definition,
other Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, together with all
other Investments pursuant to this clause (17) in an aggregate principal amount at the time
of such Investment not to exceed $35.0 million.

          “Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

     (1) Liens securing Indebtedness and related obligations under the Debt Facilities
permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1);

     (2) pledges or deposits by such Person under workers’ compensation laws,
unemployment and other insurance laws (including pledges or deposits securing liabilities to
insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements) and old age pensions and
other social security or retirement benefits or similar legislation, or good faith deposits
in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or
leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory
obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or United States government bonds to secure
surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for
contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, in each case
Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

     (3) Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics’, materialmen, repairmen,
and other similar Liens, Incurred in the ordinary course of business or that are imposed by,
or arise by operation of, law;

-29-

 

     (4) Liens for material taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet
subject to penalties for non-payment or that are being contested in good faith and, if
necessary, by appropriate proceedings provided appropriate reserves required pursuant to
GAAP have been made in respect thereof;

     (5) Liens to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for
borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds
or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances or similar obligations issued pursuant to the
request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;
provided, however, that such letters of credit do not constitute
Indebtedness;

     (6) encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others
for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and
other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without
limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use
of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to
the ownership of its properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the
value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of
the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

     (7) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and
is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing
such Hedging Obligation;

     (8) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including, without
limitation, real property and intellectual property rights) that do not materially interfere
with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer and any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

     (9) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is
adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated
for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which
such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

     (10) Liens for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase
price of, or Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings, purchase money obligations
or other payments Incurred to finance assets or property (other than Capital Stock or other
Investments) acquired, constructed, improved or leased in the ordinary course of business;
provided that, with respect to Indebtedness described in this clause (10):

     (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is
otherwise permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture and does not exceed the cost
of the assets or property so acquired, constructed or improved; and

     (b) such Liens are created within 180 days of construction, acquisition or
improvement of such assets or property and do not encumber any other assets or
property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than such assets or
property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto;

     (11) Liens that constitute banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and
remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution,
whether arising by operation of law or pursuant to contract; provided that

-30-

 

     (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is
not subject to restrictions against access by the Issuer in excess of those set
forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board; and

     (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution to secure
Indebtedness;

     (12) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings
regarding operating leases, consigned goods or similar arrangements, entered into or
authorized by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business
or otherwise made as precautionary filings pursuant to such or similar types of filings;

     (13) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens permitted under clause
(1)), provided that no such Lien will extend to any additional property (other than
improvements, accessions, “products” and “proceeds” thereof, or, if provided therein,
“after-acquired” property, as each such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code of
the respective states that govern the creation of such Liens) and that the amount of
Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased;

     (14) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not
Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a
Restricted Subsidiary; provided further, however, that any such Lien
may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

     (15) Liens on property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired
the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into
the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided however, that such Liens
are not Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided,
further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer
or any Restricted Subsidiary;

     (16) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary
owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary;

     (17) Liens securing the Notes and Note Guarantees (and the exchange notes issued in
exchange therefor and the related Guarantees) and any obligations owing to the Trustee under
this Indenture as provided thereby;

     (18) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance, refund,
replace, amend, extend or modify, as a whole or in part, Indebtedness that was previously so
secured pursuant to clauses (10), (13), (14), (15), (17), this clause (18) and clause (21)
of this definition, provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same
property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, after-acquired property provided for
therein, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under
the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness
being refinanced or is in respect of property that is the security for a Permitted Lien
hereunder;

     (19) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation or
operating lease;

     (20) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

-31-

 

     (21) to the extent not otherwise permitted in any other clauses of this definition,
Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date and any Refinancing
Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Obligations and Guarantor Subordinated Obligations) in
an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed $100.0 million.

     (22) Liens on property and assets used to secure Indebtedness, the net proceeds of
which are promptly deposited to defease or satisfy and discharge the Notes;

     (23) Liens to secure Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary, which Indebtedness is
permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(16), and

     (24) Liens in favor of the Trustee as provided for in this Indenture in money or
other property held or collected by the Trustee in its capacity as trustee under this
Indenture.

          “Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership,
joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or
any agency or political subdivision hereof or any other entity.

          “Preferred Stock” means, as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, Capital
Stock of any class or classes (however designated) that is preferred as to the payment of dividends
upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person over shares of Capital Stock of any
other class of such Person.

          “RAC East” means Rent-A-Center East, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

          “Rating Agency” means each of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. (or successor) and
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (or successor) or if Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. (or
successor) or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (or successor) or both will not make a rating on the
Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the
case may be, selected by the Issuer (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors) which
will be substituted for Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. (or successor) or Moody’s Investors
Service, Inc. (or successor) or both, as the case may be.

          “Record Date” for the interest payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means
May 1st or November 1 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date.

          “Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance,
replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge
mechanism) (collectively, “refinance,” “refinances” and “refinanced” will each have a correlative
meaning) any Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture
(including Indebtedness of the Issuer that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and
Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of another Restricted
Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness, provided,
however, that:

     (1) (a) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is earlier than
the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no
earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced or (b) if the Stated
Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is later than the Stated Maturity of the
Notes, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity at least 91 days later than the
Stated Maturity of the Notes;

-32-

 

     (2) the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing
Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the
Indebtedness being refinanced;

     (3) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or
if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less
than the sum of the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount,
the aggregate accreted
value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced (plus, without
duplication, any additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay interest or premiums required by
the instruments governing such existing Indebtedness and fees Incurred in connection
therewith);

     (4) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the
Notes or the Note Guarantee, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantee on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as
those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; and

     (5) Refinancing Indebtedness will not include Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor
Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor.

     “Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement dated
as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers set forth
therein and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more substantially similar registration
rights agreements among the Issuer and the other parties thereto, as such agreements may be amended
from time to time.

     “Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within
the corporate trust department of the Trustee having direct responsibility for the administration
of this Indenture, or any other officer to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of
such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

     “Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

     “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer other than an Unrestricted
Subsidiary.

     “Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to principal property now
owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property
to a Person (other than the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary leases it from such Person.

     “SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

     “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

     “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and
regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

     “Senior Credit Facility” means the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as
amended and restated as of November 15, 2006 (as amended by that certain First Amendment dated as
of December 2, 2009), among the Issuer, the several lenders parties thereto from time to time the
several documentation agents parties thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative
Agent, as the same has been, or may hereafter be, amended, restated, supplemented, modified,
renewed, refunded,

-33-

 

replaced or refinanced in whole or in part (whether with any of the original
agents or lenders or one or more other agents and lenders and whether pursuant to the same or one
or more other governing agreements) from time to time (including increasing the amount loaned
thereunder, provided that such additional Indebtedness is Incurred in accordance with the covenant
described under Section 4.09, provided that a Senior Credit Facility will not (1) include
Indebtedness issued, created or Incurred pursuant to a registered offering of securities under the
Securities Act or a private placement of securities (including under Rule 144A or Regulation S)
pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements
of the Securities Act or (2) relate to Indebtedness Incurred thereunder that does not consist
exclusively of Pari Passu Indebtedness or Guarantor Pari Passu Indebtedness.

          “Senior Management” means any of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial
Officer or the Controller.

          “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in
the Registration Rights Agreement.

          “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant
Subsidiary” of the Issuer within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the
SEC.

          “Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar,
reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

          “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in the
agreement governing or certificate relating to such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the
final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory
redemption provision, but will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or
repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

          “Subordinated Obligation” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer (whether outstanding on
the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated or junior in right of payment
to the obligations of the Issuer to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement.

          “Subsidiary” of any Person means (1) any corporation, association or other business
entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of
which more than 50% of the total ordinary voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without
regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or
trustees thereof (or Persons performing similar functions) or (2) any partnership, joint venture
limited liability company or similar entity of which more than 50% of the capital accounts,
distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests,
as applicable, is, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), at the time owned or controlled, directly or
indirectly, by (a) such Person, (b) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (c)
one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. Unless otherwise specified herein, each reference to a
Subsidiary will refer to a Subsidiary of the Issuer.

          “Total Assets” means the total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on
a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recent consolidated
balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

          “Total Tangible Assets” means Total Assets after deducting accumulated depreciation
and amortization, allowances for doubtful accounts, other applicable reserves and other similar
items of

-34-

 

the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and after deducting, to the extent otherwise
included therein, the amounts of (without duplication):

     (1) the excess of cost over the fair market value of assets or business acquired,
as determined by the Issuer in good faith (or if such fair market value exceeds $50.0
million, in writing by its Board of Directors);

     (2) any revaluation or other write-up in book value of assets subsequent to the
last day of the fiscal quarter of the Issuer immediately preceding the Issue Date as a
result of a change in the method of valuation in accordance with GAAP;

     (3) unamortized debt discount and expenses and other unamortized deferred charges,
goodwill, patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses,
organization or developmental expenses and other intangible items;

     (4) minority interest in consolidated Subsidiaries held by Persons other than the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

     (5) treasury stock;

     (6) cash or securities set aside and held in a sinking or other analogous fund
established for the purpose of redemption or other retirement of Capital Stock; and

     (7) Investments in and assets of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

          “Transfer Restricted Notes” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that bear or
are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend

          “Treasury Rate” means, as of any date of redemption of Notes pursuant to Section
3.07(a) the yield to maturity at such date of United States Treasury securities with a constant
maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15
(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date
(or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source or similar
market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to November 15, 2015;
provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to November 15,
2015 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly
average yield is given, the Treasury Rate will be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to
the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury
securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to
November 15, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States
Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

          “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§
77aaa-777bbbb).

          “Trustee” means The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, until a
successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter
means the successor serving hereunder.

          “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

-35-

 

     (1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination will be
designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in the manner
provided below; and

     (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

          The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any
newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger or
consolidation or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if:

     (1) such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or
Indebtedness of or have any Investment in, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, any
other Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so
designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

     (2) all the Indebtedness of such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries will, at the date
of designation, and will at all times thereafter, consist of Non-Recourse Debt;

     (3) such designation and the Investment of the Issuer in such Subsidiary complies
with Section 4.07;

     (4) such Subsidiary, either alone or in the aggregate with all other Unrestricted
Subsidiaries, does not operate, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the
business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

     (5) such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither the Issuer nor any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation:

          (a) to subscribe for additional Capital Stock of such Person; or

          (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause
such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

     (6) on the date such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such
Subsidiary is not a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with terms substantially less favorable to the Issuer
than those that might have been obtained from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Issuer.

          Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Issuer will be evidenced to the Trustee
by filing with the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to
such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the
foregoing conditions. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing
requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to
be Incurred as of such date.

          The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a
Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to such designation,
no Default or Event of Default will exist and the Issuer could Incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a) on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

          “U.S.” means the United States of America.

-36-

 

          Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then
outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees, as
applicable, of such Person.

          “Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary, all of the Capital Stock of
which (other than shares required by applicable law to be owned by another Person, including
directors’ qualifying shares) is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer or one or more other
Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries.

Section 1.02 Other Definitions.

	 	 	 	 	 
	Term	 	Defined in Section
	“Agent Members”

	 	2.1(c) of Appendix A

	“Affiliate Transaction”

	 	 	4.11	(a)
	“Applicable Procedures”

	 	1.1(a) of Appendix A

	“Asset Disposition Offer”

	 	 	4.10	(b)
	“Asset Disposition Offer Amount”

	 	 	3.09	(b)
	“Asset Disposition Offer Period”

	 	 	3.09	(b)
	“Asset Disposition Purchase Date”

	 	 	3.09	(b)
	“Authentication Order”

	 	 	2.02	(c)
	“Automatic Exchange”

	 	2.3(j) of Appendix A

	“Automatic Exchange Date”

	 	2.3(j) of Appendix A

	“Automatic Exchange Notice”

	 	2.3(j) of Appendix A

	“Automatic Exchange Notice Date”

	 	2.3(j) of Appendix A

	“Change of Control Offer”

	 	 	4.15	(a)
	“Change of Control Payment”

	 	 	4.15	(a)
	“Change of Control Payment Date”

	 	 	4.15	(a)
	“Clearstream”

	 	1.1(a) of Appendix A

	“Covenant Defeasance”

	 	 	8.03	 
	“Definitive Notes Legend”

	 	2.3(e) of Appendix A

	“DTC”

	 	 	2.03	(a)
	“Event of Default”

	 	 	6.01	(a)
	“Excess Proceeds”

	 	 	4.10	(b)
	“Expiration Date”

	 	 	1.05	(j)
	“Global Note”

	 	2.1(b) of Appendix A

	“Global Notes Legend”

	 	2.3(e) of Appendix A

	“Legal Defeasance”

	 	 	8.02	(a)
	“Note Register”

	 	 	2.03	(a)
	“Paying Agent”

	 	 	2.03	(a)
	“QIB”

	 	1.1(a) of Appendix A

	“Registrar”

	 	 	2.03	(a)
	“Regulation S”

	 	1.1(a) of Appendix A

	“Regulation S Global Note”

	 	2.1(b) of Appendix A

	“Regulation S Notes”

	 	2.1(a) of Appendix A

	“Restricted Payment”

	 	 	4.07	(a)
	“Restricted Notes Legend”

	 	2.3(e) of Appendix A

	“Rule 144”

	 	1.1(a) of Appendix A

	“Rule 144A”

	 	1.1(a) of Appendix A

	“Rule 144A Global Note”

	 	2.1(b) of Appendix A

	“Rule 144A Notes”

	 	2.1(a) of Appendix A

-37-

 

	 	 	 
	Term	 	Defined in Section
	“Rule 501”

	 	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	“Rule 904”

	 	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	“Successor Company”

	 	5.01(a)(1)
	“Successor Guarantor”

	 	5.01(c)(1)

Section 1.03 Rules of Construction.

          Unless the context otherwise requires:

     (1) a term defined in Section 1.01 or 1.02 has the meaning assigned to it therein,
and a term used herein that is defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by
reference therein, will have the meaning assigned to it therein;

     (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in
accordance with GAAP;

     (3) “or” is not exclusive;

     (4) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the
singular;

     (5) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

     (6) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Appendix,”
“Article,” “Section,” “clause,” “Schedule” or “Exhibit” refers to an Appendix, Article,
Section, clause, Schedule or Exhibit, as the case may be, of this Indenture;

     (7) the words “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this
Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision;

     (8) “including” means including without limitation;

     (9) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act
or the Trust Indenture Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor
sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

     (10) unless otherwise provided, references to agreements and other instruments will
be deemed to include all amendments and other modifications to such agreements or
instruments, but only to the extent such amendments and other modifications are not
prohibited by the terms of this Indenture; and

     (11) in the event that a transaction meets the criteria of more than one category
of permitted transactions or listed exceptions, the Issuer may classify such transaction as
it, in its sole discretion, determines.

Section 1.04 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

          Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act as applicable to this
Indenture, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

-38-

 

          The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

          “Commission” means the SEC;

          “indenture securities” means the Notes;

          “indenture security holder” means a Holder of a Note;

          “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

          “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

     “obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuer and the Guarantors,
respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by
Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture
Act have the meanings so assigned to them.

Section 1.05 Acts of Holders.

          (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action
provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one
or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent
duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action will become
effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and,
where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer and the Guarantors. Proof of execution of any
such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note,
will be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in
favor of the Trustee, the Issuer and the Guarantors, if made in the manner provided in this Section
1.05.

          (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may
be proved (1) by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary
public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the
individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof or (2) in
any other manner deemed reasonably sufficient by the Trustee. Where such execution is by or on
behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit will also
constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the
execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may
also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

          (c) The ownership of Notes will be proved by the Note Register.

          (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action
by the Holder of any Note will bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every
Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof,
in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee, the Issuer or the Guarantors in
reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

          (e) The Issuer may set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders
entitled to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,

-39-

 

waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, or to vote on any action
authorized or permitted to be taken by Holders; provided that the Issuer may not set a
record date for, and the provisions of this paragraph will not apply with respect to, the giving or
making of any notice, declaration, request or direction referred to in clause (f) below. Unless
otherwise specified, if not set by the Issuer prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by
any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any
such record date will be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or
vote or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such
solicitation or vote. If any record date is set pursuant to this clause (e), the Holders on such
record date, and only such Holders, will be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action (including revocation of any
action), whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that
no such action will be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the
applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes, or each affected
Holder, as applicable, on such record date. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this
paragraph, the Issuer, at its own expense, will cause notice of such record date, the proposed
action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Trustee in writing and to
each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 12.02.

          (f) The Trustee may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the
Holders entitled to join in the giving or making of (1) any notice of default under Section
6.01(a), (2) any declaration of acceleration referred to in Section 6.02, (3) any direction
referred to in Section 6.05 or (4) any request to pursue a remedy referred to in Section 6.06(2).
If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders on such record date, and no other
Holders, will be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not
such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action will be
effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by
Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes or each affected Holder, as applicable, on such
record date. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the
Issuer’s expense, will cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the
applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Issuer and to each Holder in the manner set forth in
Section 12.02.

          (g) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with
regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of
such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such
appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action
taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to
this paragraph will have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such
different part.

          (h) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including a Depositary
that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed
in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action
provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and a Depositary, that is the
Holder of a Global Note may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in
any such Global Note through such Depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.

          (i) The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are
beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by a Depositary entitled under the
procedures of such Depositary, if any, to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed
in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action
provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders; provided that if such a
record date is fixed, only the beneficial owners of interests in such Global Note on such record
date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies will be entitled to make, give or take such request,
demand, authorization, direction, notice,

-40-

 

consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such beneficial owners remain beneficial
owners of interests in such Global Note after such record date. No such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action will be effective hereunder
unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date.

          (j) With respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.05, the party hereto
that sets such record date may designate any day as the “Expiration Date” and from time to
time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided that no such
change will be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to the other
party hereto in writing, and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 12.02, on
or prior to the existing Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to
any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.05, the party hereto which set such record date will
be deemed to have initially designated the 90th day after such record date as the Expiration Date
with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the Expiration Date as provided in this clause
(j).

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms.

          
(a) Provisions relating to the Initial Notes, Additional Notes, Exchange Notes and any other Notes issued are set forth in Appendix A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will each be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by
 law, rules or agreements with national securities exchanges to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Issuer). Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes will be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

          
(b) The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

          The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby
expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by
their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions
and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with
the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture will govern and
be controlling.

          The Notes will be subject to repurchase by the Issuer pursuant to an Asset Disposition
Offer as provided in Section 4.10 or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.15.
The Notes will not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3.

          Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued
from time to time by the Issuer without notice to or consent of the Holders and will be
consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and will have the same
terms as to status, redemption or otherwise (other than issue date, issue price and, if
applicable, the first interest payment date and the initial interest accrual date) as the
Initial Notes; provided that the Issuer’s ability to issue Additional Notes will be
subject to the Issuer’s compliance with Section 4.09. Any Additional Notes will be issued
with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture.

-41-

 

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication.

          (a) At least one Officer will execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual or
facsimile or other electronically transmitted signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a
Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be
valid.

          (b) A Note will not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or
obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached
hereto by the manual signature of an authorized signatory of the Trustee. The signature will be
conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

          (c) On the Issue Date, the Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer
signed by an Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In
addition, at any time and from time to time, the Trustee will, upon receipt of an Authentication
Order, authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes and Exchange Notes in an aggregate principal
amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes or Exchange Notes issued
hereunder.

          (d) The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to
authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.
Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such
agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an
Affiliate of the Issuer.

	 	 	Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent.

          (a) The Issuer will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for
registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and at least one office or agency where
Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the
Notes (“Note Register”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more
co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any
co-registrar, and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may
change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Issuer will notify
the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the
Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee will
act as such. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

          (b) The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as
Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as
Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

          The Issuer will, no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each due date for the
payment of principal of, or premium, if any, and interest on, any of the Notes, deposit with a
Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount, such sum to be held in trust for the Holders
entitled to the same, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Issuer will promptly notify
the Trustee of its action or failure so to act. The Issuer will require each Paying Agent other
than the Trustee to agree in writing that such Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of
Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, or
premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the
Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a
Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a
Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, a
Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the

-42-

 

money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a
separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any
bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee will serve as Paying
Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.05 Holder Lists.

          The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent
list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and will otherwise comply with Trust
Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer will furnish to the
Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the
Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may
reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders, and the Issuer will otherwise comply
with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.

          (a) The Notes will be issued in registered form and will be transferable only upon the
surrender of a Note for registration of transfer and in compliance with Appendix A.

          (b) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer will execute and the
Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order
in accordance with Section 2.02 or at the Registrar’s request.

          (c) No service charge will be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note
or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange (other than
pursuant to Section 2.07), but the Holders will be required to pay any transfer tax or similar
governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar
governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10,
4.15 and 9.05).

          (d) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or
exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Issuer,
evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global
Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

          (e) Neither the Issuer nor the Registrar will be required (1) to issue, to register the
transfer of or to exchange any Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days
before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 and ending at the close
of business on the day of selection, (2) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so
selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being
redeemed in part or (3) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note between a Record Date
and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

          (f) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee,
any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the
absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, or premium, if
any, and (subject to the Record Date provisions of the Notes) interest on, such Notes and for all
other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer will be affected by notice to the
contrary.

          (g) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the
Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02, the Issuer will execute, and the Trustee will
authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more
replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal
amount.

-43-

 

          (h) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized
denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to
be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so
surrendered for exchange, the Issuer will execute, and the Trustee will authenticate and mail, the
replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to
in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02.

          (i) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to
the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be
submitted by mail or by facsimile or electronic transmission.

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes.

          If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Issuer or if a Holder claims that its
Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken and the Trustee receives evidence to its
satisfaction of the ownership and loss, destruction or theft of such Note, the Issuer will issue
and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if
the Trustee’s requirements are otherwise met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an
indemnity bond must be provided by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and
the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss
that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge the Holder for the
expenses of the Issuer and the Trustee in replacing a Note. If, after the delivery of such
replacement Note, a bona fide purchaser of the original Note in lieu of which such replacement Note
was issued presents for payment or registration such original Note, the Trustee shall be entitled
to recover such replacement Note from the Person to whom it was delivered or any Person taking
therefrom, except a bona fide purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or
indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the
Issuer, the Trustee and any Agent in connection therewith. Subject to the preceding sentence, every
replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and will be entitled to all of the
benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.07, in case any mutilated, lost,
destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in
its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.

Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes.

          (a) The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee
except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the
interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and
those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09, a
Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the
Note; provided that Notes held by the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer will not be deemed to be
outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(b).

          (b) If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the
Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser,
as such term is defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of
New York.

          (c) If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases
to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue from and after the date of such payment.

          (d) If a Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof)
holds, on the maturity date, any redemption date or any date of purchase pursuant to an Offer to

-44-

 

Purchase, money sufficient to pay Notes payable or to be redeemed or purchased on that date, then on and
after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue
interest.

Section 2.09 Treasury Notes.

          In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have concurred
in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, or by any Affiliate of the Issuer,
will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether
the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that
a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded. Notes so owned
which have been pledged in good faith will not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the
satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent
with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any obligor upon the Notes or
any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor.

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes.

          Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon
receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be
substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers
appropriate for temporary Notes and as will be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without
unreasonable delay, the Issuer will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in
exchange for temporary Notes. Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary
Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders,
respectively, of Notes under this Indenture.

Section 2.11 Cancellation.

          The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and
Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of
transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or
the Paying Agent and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer,
exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will dispose of cancelled Notes in accordance
with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act).
Certification of the disposal of all cancelled Notes will, upon the written request of the Issuer,
be delivered to the Issuer. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid
or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest.

          (a) If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the
defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the
defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each
case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01. The Issuer will notify the Trustee in
writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the
proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee an amount of money
equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or will
make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed
payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to
such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee will fix or cause to be
fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date
will be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The
Trustee will promptly notify the Issuer of such special record date. At least 15 days before the
special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the
name and at the

-45-

 

expense of the Issuer) will mail, or cause to be mailed to each Holder a notice that states
the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

          (b) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty,
each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in
lieu of any other Note will carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue
interest, which were carried by such other Note.

Section 2.13 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers

          The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers (if then generally in use)
and, if so, the Trustee will use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption or exchange or
in Offers to Purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state
that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes
or as contained in any notice of redemption or exchange or in Offers to Purchase and that reliance
may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such
redemption or exchange or Offer to Purchase will not be affected by any defect in or omission of
such numbers. The Issuer will as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee in writing of any
change in the CUSIP or ISIN numbers.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee.

          If the Issuer elects to redeem less than all of the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, it will
furnish to the Trustee, at least five Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be
mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice period
will be agreed to by the Trustee) but not more than 45 days before a redemption date, an Officers’
Certificate setting forth (1) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this
Indenture pursuant to which the redemption will occur, (2) the redemption date, (3) the principal
amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (4) the redemption price, if then ascertainable. If any
such redemption is subject to compliance with a condition permitted by this Indenture, such
Officers’ Certificate will certify that such condition has been complied with or will certify, if
such is the case, any conditions to be complied with, and the Issuer will give the Trustee prompt
notice of such non-compliance, after which the Trustee will give notice to the Holders in the same
manner as the related notice of redemption was given that such conditions have not been complied
with and that the redemption will not occur.

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

          (a) If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to Section 3.07 or purchased
in an Offer to Purchase at any time, the Trustee will select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased
(1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the
requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed or (2) if
the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee, in
its sole discretion will deem fair and appropriate, and in accordance with the procedures of the
Depositary in the case of Global Notes. In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the
particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein,
not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the then
outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

-46-

 

          (b) The Trustee will promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for
redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase,
the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected
will be in amounts of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; no Notes of
$2,000 or less will be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be
redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not
$2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be redeemed or purchased. Except
as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for
redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

          (c) After the redemption date, upon surrender of a Note to be redeemed in part only, a new
Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing
the same Indebtedness to the extent not redeemed will be issued in the name of the Holder of the
Notes upon cancellation of the original Note (or appropriate book entries will be made to reflect
such partial redemption).

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption.

          (a) Subject to Section 3.09, the Issuer will mail, or cause to be mailed (or, in the case
of Notes held in book-entry form, by electronic transmission) notices of redemption of Notes at
least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are
to be redeemed pursuant to this Article at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in
accordance with the procedures of the Depositary, except that redemption notices may be mailed more
than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or
Article 11.

          (b) The notice will identify the Notes (including CUSIP/ISIN number) to be redeemed and
will state:

     (1) the redemption date;

     (2) the redemption price, including the portion thereof representing any accrued
and unpaid interest; provided that in connection with a redemption under Section
3.07(a), the notice need not set forth the redemption price but only the manner of
calculation thereof;

     (3) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount
of that Note that is to be redeemed;

     (4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

     (5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to
collect the redemption price;

     (6) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment or the
Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture,
interest on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after
the redemption date;

     (7) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture
pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

     (8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP
or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and

-47-

 

     (9) if applicable, any condition to such redemption.

          (c) At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s
name and at the Issuer’s expense; provided that the Issuer will have delivered to the Trustee, at
least five Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be sent or caused to be sent to
Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice period will be agreed to by the
Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth
the information to be stated in such notice as provided in Section 3.03(b).

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption.

          Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for
redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price
(except as provided for in Section 3.07(f)). The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided,
will be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice.
In any case, failure to give such notice or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note
designated for redemption in whole or in part will not affect the validity of the proceedings for
the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05, on and after the redemption date,
interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

          (a) No later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption or purchase date, the
Issuer will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the
redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed or
purchased on that date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to
receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to the redemption or purchase
date. The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed or
repurchased the applicable redemption or purchase price thereof and accrued and unpaid interest
thereon. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited
with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the
redemption or purchase price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or
purchased.

(b) If the Issuer complies with the provisions of Section 3.05(a), then on and after the
redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes
called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date
but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to
the redemption or purchase date will be paid on the relevant Interest Payment Date to the Person in
whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date and no Additional
Interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer. If
any Note called for redemption or purchase will not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or
purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with Section 3.05(a), interest will be paid
on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to
the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such
unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01.

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

          Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer will issue and,
upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail to the
Holder (or cause to be transferred by book entry) at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in
principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the
same Indebtedness to

-48-

 

the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new Note will be in a
principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. It is understood
that, notwithstanding anything in this indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and
an Officers’ Certificate shall be required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption.

          (a) At any time prior to November 15, 2015, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or,
from time to time, in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed to
each Holder or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary, at a redemption price
equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes being redeemed plus the Applicable
Premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, subject to the right of
Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on
an Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to such redemption date. Promptly after the
determination thereof, the Issuer will give the Trustee notice of the redemption price provided for
in this Section 3.07(a), and the Trustee will not be responsible for such calculation.

          (b) In addition, prior to November 15, 2013, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions
redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving
effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) at a redemption price equal to 106.625% of the
aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the
applicable redemption date, subject to the right of Holders of record at the close of business on
the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to
such redemption date, with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (1)
at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving
effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of
each such redemption; and (2) such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of any
such Equity Offering.

          (c) Except pursuant to clause (a) or (b) of this Section 3.07, the Notes will not be
redeemable at the Issuer’s option prior to November 15, 2015.

          (d) On and after November 15, 2015, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or, from
time to time, in part, upon notice pursuant to Section 3.03 at the redemption prices (expressed as
percentages of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of Holders
of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an
Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to such redemption date, if redeemed during the
twelve-month period beginning on November 15, 2015 of the years indicated below:

	 	 	 	 	 
	Year	 	Percentage	 
	2015
	 	 	103.313	%
	2016
	 	 	102.208	%
	2017
	 	 	101.104	%
	2018 and thereafter
	 	 	100.000	%

          (e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 will be made pursuant to the provisions
of Sections 3.01 through 3.06.

          (f) Any redemption or notice in connection with this Section 3.07 may, at the Issuer’s
discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including completion of an Equity
Offering or other corporate transaction.

-49-

 

          (g) The Issuer or its Affiliates may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption,
whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance
with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms
of this Indenture.

Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption.

          The Issuer will not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with
respect to the Notes.

Section 3.09 Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

          (a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10, the Issuer is required to commence an
Asset Disposition Offer, the Issuer will follow the procedures specified below.

          (b) The Asset Disposition Offer will remain open for a period of 20 Business Days
following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law
(the “Asset Disposition Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of
the Asset Disposition Offer Period (the “Asset Disposition Purchase Date”), the Issuer will apply
all Excess Proceeds to the purchase of the aggregate principal amount of Notes and, if applicable,
Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable) required to be purchased pursuant to
Section 4.10 (the “Asset Disposition Offer Amount”), or, if less than the Asset Disposition Offer
Amount of Notes (and, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness) has been so validly tendered, all
Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness validly tendered in response to the Asset Disposition Offer.
Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments on the
Notes are made.

          (c) If the Asset Disposition Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before
the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest up to but excluding the Asset
Sale Purchase Date, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of
business on such Record Date.

          (d) Upon the commencement of an Asset Disposition Offer, the Issuer will mail a notice
(or, in the case of Global Notes, otherwise communicate in accordance with the procedures of DTC)
to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain all instructions and
materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer.
The Asset Disposition Offer will be made to all Holders and, if required, all holders of Pari
Passu Indebtedness. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Disposition Offer, will
state:

     (1) that the Asset Disposition Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09
and Section 4.10 and the length of time the Asset Disposition Offer will remain open;

     (2) the Asset Disposition Offer Amount, the purchase price, including the portion
thereof representing any accrued and unpaid interest, and the Asset Disposition Purchase
Date;

     (3) that any Note not properly tendered or accepted for payment will continue to
accrue interest;

     (4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for
payment pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer will cease to accrue interest on and after
the Asset Disposition Purchase Date;

-50-

 

     (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Disposition
Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple
of $1,000 in excess thereof only;

     (6) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset
Disposition Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of
Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry
transfer, to the Issuer, the Depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at
the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day
preceding the Asset Disposition Purchase Date;

     (7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the
Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives at the address specified in the
notice, not later than the expiration of the Asset Disposition Offer Period, a facsimile
transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the
Notes the Holder tendered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its
tendered Notes and its election to have such Note purchased;

     (8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness
surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Asset Disposition Offer Amount, then the
Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the
aggregate accreted value or principal amount, as applicable, of the Notes or such Pari Passu
Indebtedness tendered and the selection of the Notes for purchase will be made by the
Trustee by such method as the Trustee in its sole discretion will deem to be fair and
appropriate, although no Note having a principal amount of $2,000 will be purchased in part;
and

     (9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes
equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or
transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same Indebtedness to the extent not
repurchased.

          (e) On or before the Asset Disposition Purchase Date, the Issuer will, to the extent
lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Asset Disposition
Offer Amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness or portions thereof validly tendered and not
properly withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer, or if less than the Asset Disposition
Offer Amount has been validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, all Notes and Pari Passu
Indebtedness so tendered, in the case of the Notes, in denominations of $2,000 or an integral
multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided that if, following repurchase of a portion of a
Note, the remaining principal amount of such Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase
would be less than $2,000, then the portion of such Note so repurchased will be reduced so that the
remaining principal amount of such Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase is $2,000.
The Issuer will deliver or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee the Notes so accepted and an
Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so
accepted and that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in
accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. In addition, the Issuer will deliver all
certificates and notes required, if any, by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness.

          (f) The Paying Agent or the Issuer, as the case may be, will promptly, but in no event
later than five Business Days after termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period, mail or
deliver to each tendering Holder or holder or lender of Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may
be, an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness so validly
tendered and not properly withdrawn by such holder or lender, as the case may be, and accepted by
the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon
receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be
transferred by book-entry) such

-51-

 

new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary,
no Opinion of Counsel is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new
Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that
each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in
excess thereof. In addition, the Issuer will take any and all other actions required by the
agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness. Any Note not so accepted will be promptly mailed
or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer will publicly announce the results of
the Asset Disposition Offer on or promptly following the Asset Disposition Purchase Date.

          (g) The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1
under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations in connection with the
repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer. To the extent that the provisions of
any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will
comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached
its obligations under this Indenture by virtue thereof.

          Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10, any purchase
pursuant to this Section 3.09 will be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01
through 3.06.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes.

          (a) The Issuer will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, or premium, if any, and
interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium,
if any, and interest will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than one
of the Issuer or a Subsidiary, holds as of noon, New York City time, on the due date money
deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay the
principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment
may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on such
payment for the intervening period.

          (b) The Issuer will pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates
and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

          (c) The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under
any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, at the rate equal to the then
applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of
interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency.

          The Issuer will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an
affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for
registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer and
the Guarantors in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer will give
prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such
office or agency. If at any time the Issuer will fail to maintain any such required office or
agency or will fail to furnish the Trustee with the address

-52-

 

thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

          The Issuer may also from time to time designate additional offices or agencies where the Notes
may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such
designations. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or
rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

          The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or
agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03.

Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information.

          (a) Notwithstanding that the Issuer may not be subject to the reporting requirements of
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on
forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations
promulgated by the SEC, and if not filed electronically with the SEC through EDGAR (or any
successor system), the Issuer will file with the SEC (to the extent permitted by the Exchange Act),
and make available to the Trustee and the Holders, without cost to any Holder, the annual reports
and the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the
foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) that are specified in Sections 13 and
15(d) of the Exchange Act with respect to U.S. issuers within the time periods specified therein
(including any grace period provided by Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act) or in the relevant
forms.

          (b) In the event that the Issuer is not permitted to file such reports, documents and
information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act, the Issuer will nevertheless make available
such Exchange Act reports, documents and information to the Trustee and the Holders as if the
Issuer were subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act within
the time periods specified therein or in the relevant forms, which requirement may be satisfied by
posting such reports, documents and information on its website within the time periods specified by
this Section 4.03, provided, that the Issuer will not be required to furnish any information,
certifications or reports required by Items 307 or 308 of Regulation S-K prior to the commencement
of the Exchange Offer, or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement.

          (c) If the Issuer has designated any of its Subsidiaries as an Unrestricted Subsidiary,
and such Unrestricted Subsidiary, either individually or collectively, would otherwise have been a
Significant Subsidiary (based upon the most recently delivered financial statements), then the
quarterly and annual financial information required by Section 4.03(a) will include a reasonably
detailed presentation, as determined in good faith by Senior Management of the Issuer, either on
the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes to the financial statements and in the
“Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” section, of
the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries
separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

          (d) The filing requirements set forth in this Section 4.03 for the applicable period may
be satisfied by the Issuer prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of
the Shelf Registration Statement by the filing with the SEC of the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement and/or Shelf Registration Statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial
information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act; provided that this
paragraph will not supersede or in any manner suspend or delay the Issuer’s reporting obligations
set forth in clauses (a) through (c) of this Section 4.03.

-53-

 

          (e) In addition, the Issuer and the Guarantors have agreed that they will make available
to the Holders and to prospective investors, upon the request of such Holders, the information
required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the Notes
are not freely transferable under the Securities Act. For purposes of this clause (e), the Issuer
and the Guarantors will be deemed to have furnished the reports to the Trustee and the Holders as
required by this Section 4.03 if it has filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR or IDEA
filing system and such reports are publicly available.

          Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational
purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any
information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the
Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to
rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate.

          The Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the
Trust Indenture Act) will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year
ending after the Issue Date, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of
the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the
supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Issuer and each
Guarantor have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and
further stating, as to such Officers signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her
knowledge, the Issuer and each Guarantor have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and
every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance
or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a
Default will have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and
what action the Issuer and each Guarantor are taking or propose to take with respect thereto).

          When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, or if the Trustee or the
holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary gives any notice or
takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default, the Issuer will promptly (which will be
no more than 30 days following the date on which the Issuer becomes aware of such Default, receives
such notice or becomes aware of such action, as applicable and so long as such Default is
continuing) send to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying such event, its status and what
action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 4.05 Taxes.

          The Issuer will pay, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to
delinquency, all material taxes, assessments and governmental levies except such as are contested
in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings or where the failure to effect such
payment could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Issuer and the
Guarantors, taken as a whole.

Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

          The Issuer and each Guarantor covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it
will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or
advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in
force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each
Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or
advantage of any such law, and

-54-

 

covenant that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of
any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such
power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments.

          (a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly
or indirectly, to:

          (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (whether made in cash, securities
or other property) on or in respect of its or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Capital Stock
(including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries) other than:

          (A) dividends or distributions payable solely in Capital Stock of the Issuer
(other than Disqualified Stock); and

          (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as, in the
case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any Capital Stock issued
by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or the
Restricted Subsidiary holding such Capital Stock receives at least its pro rata share of
such dividend or distribution;

          (2) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value, including in connection with
any merger or consolidation, any Capital Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of
the Issuer held by Persons other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiaries (other than in
exchange for Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock));

          (3) make any principal payment on, or purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise
acquire or retire for value, prior to any scheduled repayment or installment, scheduled sinking
fund payment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated
Obligations, other than:

          (A) Indebtedness of the Issuer owing to and held by any Guarantor or Indebtedness
of a Guarantor owing to and held by the Issuer or any other Guarantor permitted under
clauses (5) and (13) of Section 4.09(b) or

          (B) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or
retirement of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations purchased in
anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final
maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase,
redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement; or

          (4) make any Restricted Investment,

(all such payments and other actions referred to in clauses (1) through (4) above (other than any
exception thereto) will be referred to as a “Restricted Payment”), unless, at the time of
and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

          (A) no Default exists or immediately after giving effect thereto would exist;

-55-

 

          (B) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the
Issuer could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a); and

          (C) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted
Payments declared or made subsequent to the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments made
pursuant to clauses (1), (2), (3), (5), (8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15) and
(17) of Section 4.07(b)) would not exceed the sum of (without duplication):

(i) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one
accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter in which
the Issue Date occurs to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter
ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which
financial statements are available (or, in case such Consolidated Net
Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus

(ii) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the Fair Market
Value of marketable securities or other property received by the
Issuer from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) or other capital contributions subsequent to the
Issue Date, other than:

(x) Net Cash Proceeds received from an issuance or sale of
such Capital Stock to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to an employee
stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust to the extent such
sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed
by loans from or Guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior
to the date of determination); and

(y) Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuer from the issue
and sale of its Capital Stock or capital contributions to the extent
applied to redeem Notes in compliance with Section 3.07(b); plus

(iii) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Issuer or its
Restricted Subsidiaries is reduced on the Issuer’s consolidated
balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than debt held
by a Subsidiary of the Issuer) subsequent to the Issue Date of any
Indebtedness of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries convertible
or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of
the Issuer (less the amount of any cash, or the fair market value of
any other property, distributed by the Issuer upon such conversion or
exchange); plus

(iv) the amount equal to the net reduction in Restricted
Investments made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
in any Person resulting from:

(x) repurchases or redemptions of such Restricted
Investments by such Person, proceeds realized upon the sale of such
Restricted Investment to an unaffiliated purchaser, repayments of
loans or advances, payments of interest and dividends or other
transfers of assets (including by way of dividend or distribution) by
such Person to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than
for reimbursement of tax payments); or

-56-

 

     (y) the redesignation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as
Restricted Subsidiaries or the merger or consolidation of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary with and into the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in each case as provided in the
definition of “Investment”) not to exceed the amount of Investments
previously made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in such
Unrestricted Subsidiary,

          which amount in each case under this clause (iv) was included in the
calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; provided, however, that no amount
will be included under this clause (iv) to the extent it is already included in
Consolidated Net Income.

          (b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) will not prohibit:

          (1) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement
of Capital Stock, Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated
Obligations made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance
or sale of, Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital
Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the
extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or
Guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash
on or prior to the date of determination); provided, however, that the Net Cash
Proceeds from such sale of Capital Stock will be excluded from Section 4.07(a)(4)(C)(ii);

          (2) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement
of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations made by exchange for, or out of
the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, Subordinated Obligations or any
purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Guarantor
Subordinated Obligations, made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially
concurrent issuance or sale of, Guarantor Subordinated Obligations so long as such refinancing
Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations are permitted to be Incurred
pursuant to Section 4.09 and constitute Refinancing Indebtedness;

          (3) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement
of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for, or out of the
proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or
such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, so long as such refinancing Disqualified Stock is
permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 and constitutes Refinancing Indebtedness;

          (4) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement
for value of any Subordinated Obligation or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations (A) at a purchase
price not greater than 101% of the principal amount of such Subordinated Obligation or Guarantor
Subordinated Obligations in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with provisions similar
to Section 4.15 or (B) at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the principal amount thereof
in accordance with provisions similar to Section 4.10; provided that, prior to or
simultaneously with such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or
retirement, the Issuer has made the Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, as
applicable, as provided in such covenant with respect to the Notes and has completed the
repurchase or redemption of all Notes validly tendered for payment in connection with such Change
of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer;

          (5) any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated
Obligations from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted under Section 4.10;

-57-

 

          (6) the declaration of any dividend and the payment of any dividend within 60 days after
the date of declaration, if at such date of declaration such dividends would have complied with
this provision;

          (7) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition, cancellation or retirement for value
of Capital Stock or equity appreciation rights of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of
the Issuer, held by any existing or former employees, management, directors or consultants of the
Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer or their assigns, estates or heirs, in each case in
connection with the repurchase provisions under employee stock option or stock purchase agreements
or other agreements to compensate such Person approved by the Board of Directors; provided
that such Capital Stock or equity appreciation rights were received for services related to, or
for the benefit of, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and provided,
further, that such redemptions or repurchases pursuant to this clause will not exceed $5.0
million in the aggregate during any consecutive twelvemonth period (plus any unused amounts under
this clause (7) from prior years), although such amount in any such period may be increased by an
amount not to exceed:

          (A) the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified
Stock) of the Issuer, and to the extent contributed to the Issuer, Capital Stock of any of
the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to existing or former
employees or members of management of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its
direct or indirect parent companies, that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the
Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock have not otherwise been applied to
the payment of Restricted Payments (provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from such sales or
contributions will be excluded from Section 4.09(a)(4)(C)(ii); plus

          (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer
or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less

          (C) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the Net Cash
Proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (7);

          (8) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of
Disqualified Stock of the Issuer issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture to the
extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense;”

          (9) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options,
warrants, other rights to purchase Capital Stock or other convertible securities if such Capital
Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof;

          (10) the purchase or redemption of any shares of Capital Stock of the Issuer, for cash,
in an aggregate amount (net of related costs and expenses) not in excess of $100.0 million
subsequent to the Issue Date;

          (11) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of
Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries the primary assets of which are
cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

          (12) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (1) through (11) above and clauses
(13) through (17) below, Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount, which when taken together
with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (12) (as reduced by the amount of
capital returned from any such Restricted Payments that constituted Restricted Investments in the
form of cash

-58-

 

and Cash Equivalents (exclusive of items reflected in Consolidated Net Income)) not to exceed
$75.0 million;

          (13) Investments in the Insurance Subsidiary to the extent required to meet regulatory
capital guidelines, policies or rules in an amount not to exceed at any time outstanding $35.0
million in the aggregate;

          (14) the Issuer may repurchase shares of its common stock from the Insurance Subsidiary
in an amount not to exceed (when taken together with the amount of cash dispositions made pursuant
to clause (17) of the definition of “Asset Disposition” the amount necessary to (i) pay operating
costs and expenses of the Insurance Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business (not to
exceed $250,000 per fiscal year of the Issuer) and (ii) permit the Insurance Subsidiary to make
payments on insurance claims of the Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries with the proceeds of
such repurchase;

          (15) the Insurance Subsidiary may purchase shares of the Common Stock of the Issuer from
the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries;

          (16) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Issuer’s Capital Stock in an
aggregate amount during any fiscal year not to exceed $20.0 million; and

          (17) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50.0 million in any fiscal
year of the Issuer (with any unutilized amounts carried forward to the next fiscal year of the
Issuer, but no further); provided, that, immediately after giving pro forma effect thereto
(including the application of the proceeds thereof), the Issuer would have had a Leverage Ratio of
less than 2.5 to 1.0;

          provided, however, that at the time of and immediately after giving effect to,
any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (5), (7), (8), (10), (12), (16) and (17), no Default
will have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

          In determining whether any Restricted Payment is permitted by the foregoing covenant, the
Issuer may allocate or reallocate, at anytime and from time to time, all or any portion of such
Restricted Payment among all clauses of Section 4.07(b) (as of the Issue Date, such clauses being
clauses (1) through (17)) or among such clauses and Section 4.07(a), provided that at the time of
such allocation or reallocation, all such Restricted Payments, or allocated portions thereof, would
be permitted under this Section 4.07.

          The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the
date of such Restricted Payment of the assets or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by
the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment.
The amount of all Restricted Payments paid in cash will be its face amount. Not later than thirty
(30) days following the making any Restricted Payment, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis
upon which the calculations required by this Section 4.07 were computed, together with a copy of
any fairness opinion or appraisal required by this Indenture.

          As of the Issue Date, all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The
Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except
pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of
designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by
the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so
designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the
definition of “Investment.” Such

-59-

 

designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted
at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in this
Indenture.

Section 4.08 Limitation on Restrictions on Distribution From Restricted Subsidiaries.

          (a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or
indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual
encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

          (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or
measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving
dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid
on Common Stock will not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital
Stock);

          (2) make any loans or advances to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being
understood that the subordination of loans or advances made to the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary will not be
deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or

          (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary (it being understood that such transfers will not include any type of transfer
described in clause (1) or (2) above).

          (b) The preceding provisions will not prohibit encumbrances or restrictions existing under
or by reason of:

          (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to (i) the Senior Credit Facility
and related documentation (including agreements related to banking services, cash management
services and Hedging Obligations) and (ii) other agreements or instruments in effect at or entered
into on the Issue Date;

          (2) this Indenture, the Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Note Guarantees and
documentation related to the foregoing;

          (3) any agreement, organizational or governance document or other instrument of, or
relating to any asset of, a Person acquired (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) by the Issuer
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which is in existence at the time of such acquisition (but
not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any
Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or
the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired (including after acquired
property);

          (4) any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, supplement, refunding, replacement
or refinancing of (i) an agreement, instrument or document referred to in clause (1), (2) or (3)
of this Section 4.08(b) or this clause (4); provided, however, that the
encumbrances or restrictions effected by such amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals,
supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the
Issuer, no more restrictive (taken as a whole with all other encumbrances and restrictions
contained in such agreement, instrument or document) than the encumbrances and restrictions
contained the agreements referred to in clause (1),

-60-

 

(2) or (3) of this paragraph on the Issue Date or the date such Restricted Subsidiary became
a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged into a Restricted Subsidiary, whichever is applicable;

          (5) in the case of Section 4.08(a)(3), Liens permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.12
that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

          (6) (A) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business
and (B) Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted under this Indenture, in each case, that impose
encumbrances or restrictions of the nature described in Section 4.08(a)(3) on the property so
acquired;

          (7) contracts for the sale of assets (including Sale/Leaseback Transactions) or Capital
Stock, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to an
agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or a portion of the
Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

          (8) cash or other deposits or net worth or similar requirements imposed by customers,
suppliers or landlords under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

          (9) any customary provisions in joint venture agreements relating to joint ventures and
other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

          (10) any customary provisions in leases, subleases or licenses and other agreements
entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

          (11) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order of any arbiter, tribunal
or governmental authority; and

          (12) consensual arrangements with insurance regulators with respect to the Insurance
Subsidiary; and

          (13) other Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or
Preferred Stock issued by a Guarantor, in each case in accordance with Section 4.09, that, in the
good faith judgment of the Issuer, are not more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those
applicable to the Issuer in either this Indenture or the Senior Credit Facility on the Issue Date
(which results in encumbrances or restrictions comparable to those applicable to the Issuer at a
Restricted Subsidiary level).

Section 4.09 Limitation on Indebtedness.

          (a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); provided,
however, that the Issuer and the Guarantors may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired
Indebtedness) if on the date thereof and after giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis
(including a pro forma application of net proceeds therefrom):

          (1) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is at
least 2.00 to 1.00; and

          (2) no Default or Event of Default then exists or, immediately after giving effect
thereto, would exist.

-61-

 

          (b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following
Indebtedness:

          (1) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor Incurred under one or more Debt Facilities
and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with
undrawn trade letters of credit and reimbursement obligations relating to trade letters of credit
satisfied within 30 days being excluded, and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal
amount equal to the face amount thereof) in an aggregate outstanding amount equal to $1,000.0
million less the aggregate principal amount of all principal repayments with the proceeds from
Asset Dispositions made pursuant to Section 4.10(a)(3)(A) in satisfaction of the requirements of
such covenant;

          (2) Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related Note Guarantees (other than any
Additional Notes and their related Guarantees) and any Exchange Notes and any Note Guarantees
thereof;

          (3) Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date
(other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1), (2), (4), (5), (7), (9), (10) and (11) of this
Section 4.09(b);

          (4) (A) Guarantees by (i) the Issuer or Guarantors of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred
by the Issuer or a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; provided that in
the event such Indebtedness that is being Guaranteed is a Subordinated Obligation or a Guarantor
Subordinated Obligation, then the related Guarantee will be subordinated in right of payment to
the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as the case may be, and (ii) Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness Incurred by Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries in accordance with the provisions of this
Indenture;

(B) Guarantee Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business by the
Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations of any Foreign
Subsidiary;

          (5) Indebtedness of the Issuer owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness
of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, however,

(A) if the Issuer is the obligor on Indebtedness owing to a Non-Guarantor
Subsidiary, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment
in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Notes;

(B) if a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and a Non-Guarantor
Subsidiary is the obligee, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of
payment to the Note Guarantees of such Guarantor; and

(C) (1) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other
event which results in any such Indebtedness being beneficially held by a
Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; and

     (2) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person
other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such
Indebtedness by the Issuer or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

-62-

 

          (6) Indebtedness of Persons Incurred and outstanding on the date on which such Person became a
Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by, or merged into, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
(other than Indebtedness Incurred (a) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to
consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a
Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Issuer or (b) otherwise in connection with,
or in contemplation of, such acquisition); provided, however, that at the time such Person
is acquired (and after giving pro forma effect thereto), either:

     (A) the Issuer would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant after giving effect to the
Incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (6); or

     (B) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries is higher than such ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or
merger.

          (7) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary under Hedging Obligations that are
Incurred in the ordinary course of business (and not for speculative purposes);

          (8) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness) of
the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred to finance all or any part of the purchase, lease,
construction or improvement of any property, plant or equipment used or to be used in the business
of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary whether through the direct purchase, lease,
construction or improvement of such property, plant or equipment, including any such Indebtedness
assumed in connection with the purchase of such property, plant or equipment or secured by a Lien
thereon prior to such purchases, such property, plant or equipment, and any Indebtedness of the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness Incurred
pursuant to this clause (8), in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken
together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (8)
and then outstanding, will not exceed $40.0 million at any time outstanding, determined as of the
date of such Incurrence;

          (9) Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries (A) in respect of
workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty
or liability insurance, self-insurance obligations, performance, bid, surety, appeal and similar
bonds and completion Guarantees (not for borrowed money) provided in the ordinary course of
business; including obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other
similar instruments issued for such purposes to the extent none of such instruments is drawn upon,
or if drawn upon, is reimbursed no later than the fifth Business Day following receipt of demand
for reimbursement following payment on the letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or similar
instrument and (B) arising from an obligation to repay customer deposits received in the ordinary
course;

          (10) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing
for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or
assumed in connection with the disposition of any business or assets of the Issuer or any business,
assets or Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred
by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose
of financing such acquisition; provided that:

     (A) the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Indebtedness will at
no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the Fair Market Value
of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving
effect to subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Issuer and its
Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; and

-63-

 

     (B) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a
footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet
will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause
(10));

          (11) Indebtedness (including Indebtedness in existence on the Issue Date) arising from the
honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument,
including electronic transfers, wire transfers and credit card payments (except in the case of
daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business (except in
the form of lines of credit); provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished
within five Business Days of Incurrence;

          (12) the Incurrence or issuance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Refinancing
Indebtedness that serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness Incurred as permitted under
Section 4.09(a) and clauses (2), (3), (6) and this clause (12) of this Section 4.09(b), or any
Indebtedness issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, including additional Indebtedness
Incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, tender
premiums), defeasance costs, accrued interest and fees and expenses in connection therewith;

          (13) (A) Indebtedness of the Issuer and of any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Insurance
Subsidiary in an aggregate amount not to exceed $65.0 million at any time outstanding that cannot
be subordinated to the obligations of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary under this Indenture
for regulatory reasons or would cause the carrying value for regulatory valuation purposes to be
decreased; and (b) Indebtedness of the Insurance Subsidiary permitted by Section 4.07(b)(13);

          (14) Guarantees by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of outstanding
Indebtedness of franchisees not to exceed (without duplication) a principal amount of $100.0
million at any time outstanding;

          (15) Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to lines of credit
entered into in connection with cash management facilities and in an aggregate principal amount
(for the Issuer and all Restricted Subsidiaries) not to exceed $30.0 million at any one time,
including the line of credit between RAC East, the Issuer, certain Subsidiaries of the Issuer and
INTRUST Bank, N.A.;

          (16) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer in an aggregate outstanding principal
amount which will not exceed $75.0 million at any time outstanding;

          (17) Indebtedness of the Issuer to the extent that the net proceeds thereof are promptly
deposited to defease or to satisfy and discharge the Notes; and

          (18) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (1) through (17) above,

          Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding
principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness
Incurred pursuant to this clause (18) and then outstanding, will not exceed $100.0 million.

          The Issuer will not Incur any Indebtedness under Section 4.09(b) if the proceeds thereof are
used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Subordinated Obligations of the Issuer unless such
Indebtedness will be subordinated to the Notes to at least the same extent as such Subordinated
Obligations. No Guarantor will Incur any Indebtedness under Section 4.09(b) if the proceeds
thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of
such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness will be subordinated to the obligations of such Guarantor
under its Note Guarantee to at least the same extent as such Guarantor Subordinated Obligations.
No Restricted Subsidiary (other

-64-

 

than a Guarantor) may Incur any Indebtedness if the proceeds are used to refinance
Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor.

          For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any
particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 4.09:

          (1) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of
Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(a) and (b) (or any combination thereof), the Issuer, in its
sole discretion, will classify such item of Indebtedness (or any one or more portions thereof) on
the date of Incurrence and may later reclassify such item of Indebtedness (or any one or more
portions thereof) in any manner that complies with Section 4.09(a) and (b) (or any combination
thereof) and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of such
clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date under the Senior
Credit Facility will be deemed Incurred under Section 4.09(b)(1) and not Section 4.9(a) or Section
4.09(b)(3) and may not later be reclassified;

          (2) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness
that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness will not be
included;

          (3) if obligations in respect of letters of credit are Incurred pursuant to a Debt Facility
and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to Section 4.9(b)(1) and the letters of credit relate to
other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness will not be included;

          (4) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary,
or Preferred Stock of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, will be equal to the greater of the maximum
mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or
repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof;

          (5) Indebtedness permitted by this Section 4.09 need not be permitted solely by reference to
one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and
in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 4.09 permitting such Indebtedness; and

          (6) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount
thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance
with GAAP.

          Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, or the
amortization of debt discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and
the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock
will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.09. The
amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be (i) the accreted value thereof in the
case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount or the aggregate principal amount
outstanding in the case of Indebtedness issued with interest payable in kind and (ii) the principal
amount or liquidation preference thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30
days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

          In addition, the Issuer will not permit any of its Unrestricted Subsidiaries to Incur any
Indebtedness or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock, other than Non-Recourse Debt. If at any
time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such
Subsidiary will be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date (and, if such
Indebtedness is not

-65-

 

permitted to be Incurred as of such date under this Section 4.09, the Issuer will be in
Default of this Section 4.09).

          For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the
Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated
in a foreign currency will be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on
the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in
the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred
to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause
the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant
currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated
restriction will be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such
Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being
refinanced. Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of
Indebtedness that the Issuer may Incur pursuant to this covenant will not be deemed to be exceeded
solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any
Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the
Indebtedness being refinanced, will be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to
the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date
of such refinancing.

Section 4.10 Asset Sales.

          (a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate
any Asset Disposition unless:

     (1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives
consideration at least equal to the Fair Market Value (such Fair Market Value to be
determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition) of the shares,
property and assets subject to such Asset Disposition;

     (2) at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition received by the
Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash
Equivalents; and

     (3) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is
applied by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, at the option of
the Issuer and in the sequence it elects (subject to the terms of the Indebtedness referred
to in clauses (a) and (b) below) to any of the following (or any combination thereof) within
365 days from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net
Available Cash, as follows:

     (A) to permanently reduce (and permanently reduce commitments with respect
thereto): (x) obligations under the Senior Credit Facility and (y) Secured
Indebtedness of the Issuer (other than any Disqualified Stock or Subordinated
Obligations) or Secured Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any
Disqualified Stock or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations) (in each case other than
Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer);

     (B) to permanently reduce obligations under other Indebtedness of the Issuer
(other than any Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations) or Indebtedness of a
Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Disqualified Stock or Guarantor Subordinated
Obligations), (in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or an
Affiliate of the Issuer); provided that the Issuer will equally and ratably
reduce Obligations under the

-66-

 

Notes through open market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or
above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance
with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.10 for an Asset Disposition Offer)
to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus
the amount of accrued but unpaid interest including Additional Interest, if any, on
the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or

     (C) to invest in Additional Assets;

          provided that the Issuer will be deemed to have complied with the provisions described
in this Section 4.10(a)(3)(C) if and to the extent that, within 365 days from the later of the date
of such Asset Dispositions that generated the Net Available Cash or the receipt of such Net
Available Cash, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into and not abandoned or
rejected a binding agreement to acquire the assets or Capital Stock of a Similar Business, make an
Investment in Additional Assets or make a capital expenditure in compliance with the provision
described in clause (c), and that acquisition, purchase, investment or capital expenditure is
thereafter completed within 180 days after the end of such 365-day period. Pending the final
application of any such Net Available Cash in accordance with clause (a), (b) or (c) above, the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness (including under a
revolving Debt Facility) or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited
by this Indenture.

          For the purposes of Sections 4.10(a)(1) and (2), no Asset Disposition pursuant to
condemnation, confiscation, appropriation or other similar taking, including by deed in lieu of
condemnation, resulting from damage, destruction, or total loss, or pursuant to foreclosure or
other enforcement of a Lien Incurred not in breach of this Indenture or exercise by the related
lienholder of rights with respect thereto, including by deed or assignment in lieu of foreclosure
will, in any such case, be required to satisfy the conditions set forth in clause (1) and (2)
above.

          For the purposes of clause (2) above only, and for no other purpose, the following will be
deemed to be cash:

     (1) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most
recent balance sheet) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities
that are by their express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note
Guarantees) that are assumed by the transferee of any such shares, property or other assets
and from which the Issuer and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released
by all creditors in writing;

     (2) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted
Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the
closing of such Asset Disposition; and

     (3) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value,
taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this
clause (3) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $25.0 million
and (y) 2.5% of Total Tangible Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash
Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration
being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

          (b) Any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that are not applied or invested as
provided in Section 4.10(a) will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” which, for the
avoidance

-67-

 

of doubt, will not include any Net Available Cash that is the subject of an Asset Disposition
Offer to the extent not accepted by the Holders on or before the applicable Asset Disposition
Purchase Date pursuant to the terms described below. On the 366th day after an Asset
Disposition, or, in the case of Section 4.10(a)(3)(C) above, upon abandonment of any such project,
if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Issuer will promptly
thereafter make an offer (“Asset Disposition Offer”) to all Holders and, to the extent
required by the terms of any outstanding Pari Passu Indebtedness, to all holders of such Pari Passu
Indebtedness, to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and any such Pari
Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in
an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest,
including Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, (subject to the right of Holders of
record at the close of business on the Relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant
Interest Payment Date, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 or the
agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, in each case in denominations of
$2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer will commence an Asset
Disposition Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds by mailing (or otherwise communicating in
accordance with the procedures of DTC) the notice required by Section 3.09, with a copy to the
Trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness validly
tendered pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer and not properly withdrawn is less than the Excess
Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject
to other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the
Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders or lenders thereof, collectively, exceeds the
amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be
purchased on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate accreted value or principal amount of the
Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Disposition
Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

          (c) If pursuant to this Section 4.10, the Trustee is required to comment on Asset Disposal
Offer, the Trustee will follow the procedures specified in Section 3.09.

Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates.

          (a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly
or indirectly, enter into or conduct any material transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease
or exchange of any property or asset or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the
Issuer (an “Affiliate Transaction”) unless:

          (1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are not materially less favorable to the Issuer
or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained by the Issuer
or such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction in
arms’-length dealings with a Person that is not an Affiliate;

          (2) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of
$10.0 million but less than or equal to $25.0 million, an Officers’ Certificate certifying that
such Affiliate Transaction satisfies the criteria in Section 4.11(a)(1) above;

          (3) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of
$25.0 million but less than or equal to $75.0 million, the terms of such transaction have been
approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer and by a majority of
the members of such Board of Directors having no personal stake in such transaction, if any (and
such majority or majorities, as the case may be, determines that such Affiliate Transaction
satisfies the criteria in 4.11(a)(1) above; and

-68-

 

          (4) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of
$75.0 million, the Issuer has received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor
that such Affiliate Transaction satisfied the criteria in clause (1) above.

          (b) Section 4.11(a) will not apply to:

          (1) (A) any transaction (i) between or among the Issuer and one or more of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or (ii) between or among Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) any Guarantees issued by the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be, in accordance with Section 4.07;

          (2) any (A) Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 4.07 or (B) Permitted
Investments (other than pursuant to clause (2) of the definition thereof);

          (3) any issuance of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or
otherwise pursuant to, or as the funding of, employment agreements and other compensation
arrangements, options to purchase Capital Stock of the Issuer, restricted stock plans, long-term
incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee
benefits plans and/or indemnity provided on behalf of Officers, employees and directors
(and, if required by the governance documents of the Issuer), approved by the Board of
Directors of the Issuer;

          (4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and benefit arrangements and
indemnity provided for or on behalf of, employees, officers, directors of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary;

          (5) loans or advances to employees, Officers or directors of the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, in an aggregate
amount not in excess of $1.0 million (without giving effect to the forgiveness of any such loan)
at any time outstanding;

          (6) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, as these agreements may be amended,
restated, modified, supplemented, extended, replaced or renewed from time to time, so long as any
such amendment, restatement, modification, supplement, extension, replacement, or renewal does
not, in any material respect, adversely affect the rights of the Holders as compared to, when
taken as a whole, the terms of the agreements on the Issue Date, as determined in good faith by
the Issuer;

          (7) any agreement between any Person and an Affiliate of such Person existing at the time
such Person is acquired by or merged into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided,
that such agreement was not entered into contemplation of such acquisition or merger, and any
amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment does not, in any material respect, adversely
affect the rights of the Holders as compared to, when taken as a whole, the applicable agreement
as in effect on the date of such acquisition or merger), as determined in good faith by the
Issuer;

          (8) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, joint venture partners or purchasers or
sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of the business of the Issuer
and its Restricted Subsidiaries and otherwise not in breach of the terms of this Indenture;
provided that in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors or
Senior Management of the Issuer, such transactions are on terms that are not materially less
favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could be obtained at
the time of such transactions in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted
Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

-69-

 

          (9) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of
the Issuer and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith;

          (10) transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of the Issuer solely because the Issuer
owns Capital Stock in, or controls, such Person;

          (11) any transaction between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person, a
director of which is also a director of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided
that such director abstains from voting as a director in connection with the approval of the
transaction; and

          (12) transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a
letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer
or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not
materially less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained by the Issuer or
such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable transaction at such time on an arms-length basis from a
Person that is not an Affiliate.

Section 4.12 Limitation on Liens.

          The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, create, Incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any
of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of Subsidiaries), or income or profits
therefrom, including any collateral assignment or conveyance of any right to receive income
therefrom, whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after that date, which Lien is securing any
Indebtedness, unless contemporaneously with the Incurrence of such Liens:

          (a) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated
Obligations, the Notes and related Note Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets
or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

          (b) in all other cases, the Notes and related Note Guarantees are equally and ratably secured
by Lien on such property, assets or proceeds or are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or
proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens.

          Any Lien created for the benefit of Holders pursuant to this Section 4.12 will be
automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of each of
the Liens described in clauses (a) and (b) above.

     Section 4.13 Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions

          The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any
Sale/Leaseback Transaction unless:

          (a) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have Incurred Indebtedness in an amount
equal to the Attributable Indebtedness in respect of such Sale/Leaseback Transaction pursuant to
the covenant described under Section 4.09.

          (b) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary would be permitted to create a Lien on the
property subject to such Sale/Leaseback Transaction under Section 4.12; and

-70-

 

          (c) the Sale/Leaseback Transaction is treated as an Asset Sale and all of the conditions of
this Indenture described under Section 4.10 (including the provisions concerning the application of
Net Available Cash) are satisfied with respect to such Sale/Leaseback Transaction.

Section 4.14 Corporate Existence.

          Subject to Article 5, the Issuer will do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary
to preserve and keep in full force and effect (1) its corporate existence and the corporate,
partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to
time) of the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary, and (2) licenses and franchises of the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries which are necessary to operate its and their business, taken
as a whole; provided that the Issuer will not be required to take any such actions to
preserve any such licenses or franchises, or the corporate, partnership, limited liability company
or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Issuer in good faith determines
that the preservation thereof is not desirable or necessary in the conduct of the business of the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

     Section 4.15 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

          (a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has exercised its right to redeem all of
the outstanding Notes pursuant to Article 3, the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the
Notes (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the
principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase
(the “Change of Control Payment”) (subject to the right of Holders of record at the close
of business on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date falling
on or prior to the Change of Control Payment Date). Within 30 days following any Change of Control,
unless the Issuer has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes pursuant to Sections Article
3, the Issuer will mail a notice of such Change of Control Offer to each Holder, with a copy to the
Trustee, stating:

     (1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made and that all Notes properly
tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for purchase by
the Issuer at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of such
Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to
the right of Holders of record at the close of business day on the relevant Record
Date to receive interest on a Interest Payment Date);

     (2) the purchase date (which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60
days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “Change of Control Payment
Date”); and

     (3) the procedures determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Indenture,
that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes repurchased.

          (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful:

     (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes (of $2,000 or an integral
multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) properly tendered pursuant to the Change of
Control Offer;

     (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control
Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes so tendered; and

-71-

 

     (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes
so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal
amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Issuer in accordance
with the terms of this Section 4.15.

          (c) The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of
Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be
transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased
portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a
principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

          (d) If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an Interest Record Date and on or
before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest to the Change of Control
Payment Date will be paid on the relevant interest payment date to the Person in whose name a Note
is registered at the close of business on such Record Date and no additional interest will be
payable to Holders who tender pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.

          (e) The Change of Control provisions described above will be applicable whether or not any
other provisions of this Indenture are applicable, except as set forth under the captions
“—Defeasance” and “—Satisfaction and discharge.” Except as described above with respect to a
Change of Control, this Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Holders to require
that the Issuer repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or
similar transaction.

          (f) Even if sufficient funds were otherwise available, the terms of the Senior Credit Facility
may, and future Indebtedness may, prohibit the Issuer’s prepayment of the Notes before their
scheduled maturity. Consequently, if the Issuer is not able to prepay the Indebtedness under the
Senior Credit Facility and any such other Indebtedness containing similar restrictions or obtain
requisite consents, the Issuer will be unable to fulfill its repurchase obligations if Holders of
Notes exercise their repurchase rights following a Change of Control, resulting in a default under
this Indenture. A payment or acceleration under this Indenture will result in a cross-default under
the current terms of the Senior Credit Facility.

          (g) The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control
if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in
compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 applicable to a Change of Control
Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such
Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer
may be made in advance of a Change of Control conditional upon the occurrence of such Change of
Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control contemporaneously with the
making of the Change of Control Offer.

          (h) The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1
under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the
repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of
any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will
comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached
its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of the conflict.

          (i) The Change of Control provisions described above may deter certain mergers, tender offers
and other takeover attempts involving the Issuer by increasing the capital required to effectuate
such transactions. The definition of “Change of Control” includes a disposition of all or
substantially all of the property and assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as
a whole

-72-

 

to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase
“substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law.
Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a
particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the property or
assets of a Person. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred
and whether a Holder may require the Issuer to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as described
above. Certain provisions under this Indenture relative to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer
to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the
written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes.

     Section 4.16 Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.

          The Issuer will cause each Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a borrower under the Senior
Credit Facility or that Guarantees, on the Issue Date or any time thereafter, any Indebtedness of
the Issuer or any Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture to this
Indenture pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint
and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and
interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes on a senior and unsecured basis and
all other obligations under this Indenture on the same basis as so Guaranteed by all other
then-existing Guarantors. Each Note Guarantee will be released in accordance with the provisions of
Section 10.06.

          The obligations of each Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving
effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including, without
limitation, any Guarantees under the Senior Credit Facility) and after giving effect to any
collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the
obligations of such other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution
obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note
Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state
law. The effectiveness of this limiting provision is not, however, free from doubt.

Section 4.17 Payment for Consent.

          The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly,
pay or cause to be paid any consideration, to or for the benefit of, any Holder for, or as an
inducement to, any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture
or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders that
consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating
to such consent, waiver or amendment.

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.

          (a) The Issuer will not consolidate with or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not
the Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise
dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one or more related
transactions, to any Person unless:

     (1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (if other than the Issuer, the
“Successor Company”) is a Person (other than an individual) organized and existing
under the laws of the United States of America, any state or territory thereof, or the
District of Columbia;

-73-

 

     (2) the Successor Company expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Issuer under
the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or
instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and assumes by written agreement
all of the obligations of the Issuer under the Registration Rights Agreement;

     (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default
will have occurred and be continuing;

     (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related
financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the
applicable four-quarter period,

     (A) the Successor Company would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a), or

     (B) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its
Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

     (5) each Guarantor (unless it is the other party to the transactions described above,
in which case Section 5.01(b)(1) will apply) will have by supplemental indenture confirmed
that its Guarantee will apply to such Successor Company’s obligations under this Indenture
and the Notes and will have by written agreement confirmed that its obligations under the
Registration Rights Agreement will continue to be in effect; and

     (6) The Issuer will have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, winding up or disposition,
and such supplemental indenture, if any, comply with this Indenture.

     (b) Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a):

     (1) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge with or into or transfer all
or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer so long as no Capital Stock of the
Restricted Subsidiary is distributed to any Person other than Issuer; provided that,
in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that merges into the Issuer, the Issuer will not be
required to comply with Section 5.01(a)(6); and

     (2) the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of
reincorporating the Issuer in another state or territory of the United States of America or
the District of Columbia, so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its
Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

          (c) In addition, the Issuer will not permit any Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into
or wind up into (whether or not any such Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign,
convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and
assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person (other than to the Issuer or another
Guarantor) unless:

     (1) if such entity remains a Guarantor, (A) the resulting, surviving or transferee
Person (the “Successor Guarantor”) is a Person (other than an individual) organized
and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state or territory thereof,
or the District of Columbia;

-74-

 

     (B) the Successor Guarantor, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes
all the obligations of such Guarantor under the Notes, this Indenture and its
Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in
form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

     (C) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of
Default will have occurred and be continuing; and

     (D) the Issuer will have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and
an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, winding up or
disposition and such supplemental indenture, if any, comply with this Indenture; and

     (2) if the transaction constitutes an Asset Disposition, such transaction is made in
compliance with Section 4.10 (it being understood that only such portion of the Net
Available Cash as is required to be applied on the date of such transaction in accordance
with the terms of this Indenture needs to be applied in accordance therewith at such time)
and this Section 5.01.

          (d) Subject to certain limitations described in this Indenture, the Successor Guarantor will
succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and the Guarantee of such
Guarantor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may merge with or into or transfer all or
part of its properties and assets to a Guarantor or the Issuer or merge with a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in a state or
territory of the United States of America or the District of Columbia, as long as the amount of
Indebtedness of such Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

          (e) For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more
Subsidiaries of the Issuer, which properties and assets, if held by the Issuer instead of such
Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer
on a consolidated basis, will be deemed to be the disposition of all or substantially all of the
properties and assets of the Issuer.

          (f) The Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, will be released from its obligations under
this Indenture and its Note Guarantee, as the case may be, and the Successor Company and the
Successor Guarantor, as the case may be, will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise
every right and power of, the Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, under this Indenture, the
Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement and such Guarantee; provided that, in the case of
a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the Issuer will not be released from the obligation
to pay the principal of, and interest on the Notes and a Guarantor will not be released from its
obligations under its Note Guarantee.

Section 5.02 Successor Entity Substituted.

          Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or a Guarantor in
accordance with Section 5.01, the successor Person, formed by such consolidation or into or with
which the Issuer or a Guarantor, as applicable, is merged or wound up or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made will succeed to, and be
substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, winding up, sale,
lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Issuer or
such Guarantor, as applicable, will refer instead to the successor entity and not to the Issuer or
such Guarantor, as applicable), and may exercise every right and power of the Issuer or such
Guarantor, as applicable, under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had
been named as the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, herein; provided that the
predecessor Issuer will not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal, premium, if any,

-75-

 

and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or
other disposition of all of the Issuer’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Events of Default.

     (a) Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

     (1) default in any payment of interest or Additional Interest (as required by the
Registration Rights Agreement), if any, on any Note when due, continued for 30 days;

     (2) default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on any Note when due at
its Stated Maturity, upon redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or
otherwise;

     (3) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor to comply with its obligations under Section
5.01;

     (4) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor to comply for 30 days after receipt of
written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount
of the then outstanding Notes with any of its obligations under Article 3;

     (5) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantors to comply for 60 days after receipt of
written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount
of the then outstanding Notes with its other agreements contained in this Indenture (other
than a failure that is subject to Clauses (1), (2), (3) or (4) above);

     (6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or
by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists or is created after
the Issue Date, which default:

     (A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any,
on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such
Indebtedness (“payment default”); or

     (B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated
maturity;

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the
principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default
or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $50.0 million or more (or its
foreign currency equivalent);

     (7) failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted
Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated
financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary) to pay final and non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of
$50.0 million (or

-76-

 

its foreign currency equivalent) (net of any amounts that are covered by insurance
issued by a reputable and creditworthy insurance company that has not contested coverage),
which final judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days or more
after such judgment becomes final and non-appealable;

     (8) the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group
of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited
consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy
Law:

     (A) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

     (B) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against
it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking an arrangement of
debt, reorganization, dissolution, winding up or relief under applicable Bankruptcy
Law;

     (C) consents to the appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and
manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it
or for all or substantially all of its property; or

     (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors.

     (9) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy
Law that:

     (A) is for relief against the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a
Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together
(as of the date of the most recent audited consolidated financial statements of the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary,
in a proceeding in which the Issuer, any such Restricted Subsidiary that is a
Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together
(as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary,
is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

     (B) appoints a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator,
assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer, any
Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted
Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated
financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property
of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any
group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest
audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

     (C) orders the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer, or any
Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries
that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial
statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary;

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

-77-

 

     (10) (A) any Note Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors
that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements
of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary
ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of this
Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or (B) any Guarantor that
is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together (as of the date
of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its
obligations under this Indenture or its Note Guarantee.

          (b) In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default
described in Section 6.01(a)(6) has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of
the Notes will be automatically annulled if:

     (1) the default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(6) will be
remedied or cured by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the
relevant Indebtedness within 20 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect
thereto; and

     (2) (A) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any
judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (B) all existing Events of
Default, except nonpayment of principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes
that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived;

     provided, however, that if the Event of Default described in Section 6.01(a)(6)
has not been annulled pursuant to this Section of 6.01(b), then the declaration of
acceleration may be rescinded pursuant to Section 6.04.

     Section 6.02 Acceleration.

          (a) If any Event of Default (other an Event of Default specified in clause (8) or (9) of
Section 6.01(a)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Issuer, specifying
the Event of Default, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such
Holders will, declare the principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, on all the Notes to be due and payable immediately.

          Upon such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any,
will be due and payable immediately. The Trustee will have no obligation to accelerate the Notes
if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers, in good faith, determines acceleration
is not in the best interest of the Holders.

          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in case an Event of Default under clause (8) or (9) of
Section 6.01(a) occurs with respect to the Issuer and is continuing, the principal of, and premium,
if any, accrued and unpaid interest on all the then outstanding Notes will become immediately due
and payable without further action or notice.

          (c) The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes written by
notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all Holders rescind an acceleration with respect to the
Notes and its consequences if (i) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of
a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of the
principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes that have become due solely because of
the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

-78-

 

Section 6.03 Other Remedies.

          If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy
to collect the payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes or to
enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

          The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not
produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note
in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default will not impair the right or
remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are
cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults.

          The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice
to the Trustee may on behalf of all Holders waive any existing Default and its consequences
hereunder, except a continuing Default in the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or
interest on any Note held by a non-consenting Holder (including in connection with an Asset
Disposition Offer or a Change of Control Offer); provided that, subject to Section 6.02,
the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an
acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such
acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default will cease to exist, and any Event of Default
arising therefrom will be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no
such waiver will extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.05 Control by Majority.

          The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the
time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the
Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may
refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee
determines in good faith is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of the Notes or
the Note Guarantee or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability or expense for which the
Trustee has not received an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it.

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits.

          Subject to Section 6.07, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this
Indenture or the Notes unless:

     (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is
continuing;

     (2) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have
requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

     (3) such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory
to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

     (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt
thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

-79-

 

     (5) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have
not given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with
such request within such 60-day period.

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a
preference or priority over another Holder.

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.

          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive
payment of principal of, or premium, if any, interest on, its Note, on or after the respective due
dates expressed or provided for in such Note (including in connection with an Asset Disposition
Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or
after such respective dates, will not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee.

          If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer
and any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal of, and premium, if any, and
interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the
extent lawful, interest and such further amount as will be sufficient to cover the costs and
expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances
of the Trustee and its agents and counsel.

Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

          If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy
under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has
been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to
any determination in such proceedings, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders will
be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all
rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders will continue as though no such proceeding has
been instituted.

Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

          Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or
reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy,
and every right and remedy are, to the extent permitted by law, cumulative and in addition to every
other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or
otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, will not
prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

          No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing
upon any Event of Default will impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such
Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by
law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be
deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

-80-

 

Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

          The Trustee may file proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or
advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the
Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other
obligor upon the Notes including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and is entitled and
empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such
matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on
any such claims. Any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder
to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee will consent to the making
of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and
counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. To the extent that the payment
of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and
counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 out of the estate in any such
proceeding, will be denied for any reason, payment of the same will be secured by a Lien on, and
will be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties
that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any
plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained will be deemed to
authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any
plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of
any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such
proceeding.

Section 6.13 Priorities.

          If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it will pay out the
money in the following order:

     (1) to the Trustee and its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07,
including payment of all reasonable compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all
advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

     (2) to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal of, and premium,
if any, and interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the
amounts due and payable on, the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest,
respectively; and

     (3) to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction will direct,
including a Guarantor, if applicable.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this
Section 6.13. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this Section 6.13, the Trustee
will cause notice of such record date and payment date to be given to the Issuer and to each Holder
in the manner set forth in Section 14.02.

Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs.

          In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit
against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion
may require the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the
suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’
fees and expenses, against any

-81-

 

party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or
defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a
suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.

          (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of
the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in
its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of
such person’s own affairs.

          (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

     (1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of
this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set
forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations will be read
into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

     (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to
the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon
certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this
Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision
hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee will examine
the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements
of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical
calculations or other facts stated therein).

          (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own
negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

     (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

     (2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a
Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the
Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

     (3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take
in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.

          (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in
any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

          (e) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this
Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless the Holders have offered to the
Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

-82-

 

          (f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the
Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be
segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.

          (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to
have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or
matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or
investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee will determine in
good faith to make such further inquiry or investigation, it will be entitled to examine the books,
records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the
Issuer and will incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or
investigation.

          (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate
or an Opinion of Counsel or both subject to the other provisions of this Indenture. The Trustee
will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such
Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection
and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization
and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder
in good faith and in reliance thereon.

          (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the
misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

          (d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that
it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

          (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction
or notice from the Issuer or a Guarantor will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer
or such Guarantor.

          (f) None of the provisions of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its
own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of
its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it will have reasonable
grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it
against such risk or liability is not assured to it.

          (g) The Trustee will not be deemed to have notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of
Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written
notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or an Event of Default is received by the
Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the existence of a
Default or Event of Default, the Notes and this Indenture.

          (h) In no event will the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or
consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit)
irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and
regardless of the form of action.

          (i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee,
including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and will be
enforceable by, the

-83-

 

Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person
employed to act hereunder.

          (j) In the event the Issuer is required to pay Additional Interest, the Issuer will provide
written notice to the Trustee of the Issuer’s obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than
15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date, which notice will set forth the amount of the
Additional Interest to be paid by the Issuer. The Trustee will not at any time be under any duty
or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Additional Interest is payable and the
amount thereof.

          (k) The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the
names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions
pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to
sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such
certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

          (l) The Trustee will not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance
of its powers and duties hereunder.

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.

          The Trustee or any Agent in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or
pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the
same rights it would have if it were not Trustee or such Agent. However, in the event that the
Trustee acquires any conflicting interest within the meaning of Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b)
it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as
trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act) or resign. Any Agent
may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and
7.11.

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer.

          The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or
adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it will not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the
proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any
provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money
received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any
statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with
the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication on
the Notes.

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults.

          If a Default or an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if, in accordance with
Section 7.02(g), it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to each Holder a notice of the
Default within 90 days after it occurs unless such Default or Event of Default shall have been
cured or waived. Except in the case of an Event of Default specified in clauses (1) or (2) of
Section 6.01(a), the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if the
Trustee determines in good faith that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders.

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

          (a) Within 60 days after each October 15, beginning with the October 15 following the Issue
Date, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the
Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section

-84-

 

313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within
the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also
will comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all
reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).

          (b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders will be mailed to the
Issuer and filed with the SEC and each national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed
in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee
in writing in the event the Notes are listed or delisted on any national securities exchange or
delisted therefrom.

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity.

          (a) The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will pay to the Trustee from time to
time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties
will agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law
on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer will reimburse the Trustee promptly
upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in
addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable
compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. The Trustee will
provide the Issuer reasonable notice of any expenditure not in the ordinary course of business.

          (b) The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee for, and
hold each of the Trustee and any predecessor harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims,
liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the
acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including
the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer or any Guarantor (including
this Section 7.07)) or defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the
acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). The Trustee will
notify the Issuer promptly of any claim of which a Responsible Officer has received written notice
for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer will not relieve
the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer will defend the claim and the Trustee may have
separate counsel and the Issuer will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The
Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred
by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. In addition,
the Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be
unreasonably withheld.

          (c) The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

          (d) To secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07,
the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the
Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien
will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

          (e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified
in Section 6.01(a)(8) or (9) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including
the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of
administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

-85-

 

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee.

          (a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become
effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section
7.08. The Trustee may resign in writing at any time by giving 30 days prior notice of such
resignation to the Issuer and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the
Issuer. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove
the Trustee if:

     (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

     (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is
entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

     (3) a receiver or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

     (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

          (b) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for
any reason, the Issuer will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the
successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may remove the successor Trustee to replace it with another successor Trustee
appointed by the Issuer.

          (c) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee
resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Issuer’s expense), the Issuer or the Holders of
at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of
competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

          (d) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six
months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

          (e) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring
Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will
become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the
Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to
Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the
successor Trustee; provided that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and
such transfer will be subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07. Notwithstanding
replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section
7.07 will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

          (f) As used in this Section 7.08, the term “Trustee” will also include each Agent.

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

          If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of
its corporate trust business to, another corporation or national banking association, the successor
corporation or national banking association without any further act will be the successor Trustee,
subject to Section 7.10.

-86-

 

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification.

          (a) There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation or national banking
association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any
state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is
subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined
capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report
of condition.

          (b) This Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust
Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act
Section 310(b).

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer.

          The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been
removed will be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

          The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03
applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this
Article 8.

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

          (a) Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section
8.02, the Issuer and the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth
in Section 8.04, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all
outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied
(“Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer will be
deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes,
which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 and the
other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all of its
other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture, including that of the Guarantors (and the
Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, will execute proper instruments
acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise
terminated or discharged hereunder:

     (1) the rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or
premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes when such payments are due, solely out of the
trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.04;

     (2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary
Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the
maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for Note payments held in trust;

     (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s
obligations in connection therewith; and

-87-

 

     (4) this Section 8.02.

          (b) Following the Issuer’s exercise of its Legal Defeasance option, payment of the Notes may
not be accelerated because of an Event of Default.

          (c) Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this
Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03.

Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance.

          Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03,
the Issuer and the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in
Section 8.04, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Article 3 and
Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16 and clauses
(4) and (5) of Section 5.01(a) with respect to the outstanding Notes, and the Guarantors will be
deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all Note Guarantees, on and
after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (“Covenant
Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any
direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof)
in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other
purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for
accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to this
Indenture and the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and will have no liability
in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or
indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any
reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such
omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but,
except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes will be unaffected
thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to
this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04,
Sections 6.01(a)(4), 6.01(a)(5) (only with respect to covenants that are released as a result of
such Covenant Defeasance), 6.01(a)(6), 6.01(a)(7), 6.01(a)(8) (solely with respect to Restricted
Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken
together (as of the date of the latest audited financial statements of the Issuer and its
Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), 6.01(a)(9) (solely with
respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Restricted
Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial
statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary) and 6.01(a)(10), in each case will not constitute Events of Default.

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

          (a) The following will be the conditions to the exercise of either the Legal Defeasance option
under Section 8.02 or the Covenant Defeasance option under Section 8.03 with respect to the Notes:

     (1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of
the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such
amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent
public accountants, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay the
principal of, and premium, if any, and interest due on, the outstanding Notes on the Stated
Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must
specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

-88-

 

     (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion
of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary
assumptions and exclusions,

     (A) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S.
Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

     (B) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S.
federal income tax law,

     in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm
that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax
purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S.
federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would
have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

     (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to
customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss
for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be
subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same
times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

     (4) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or
violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facility or any other material
agreement or material instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries is bound, or if each breach or default would occur, which is not waived as of
and for all purposes, on and after the date of such defeasance;

     (5) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such
deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds
to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to
other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) or
insofar as Events of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds or insolvency events are
concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit;

     (6) the Issuer will have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect
that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,
including that no intervening bankruptcy of the Issuer between the date of deposit and the
91st day following the deposit and assuming that no Holder is an “insider” of the Issuer
under applicable bankruptcy law, after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds
will not be subject to Section 547 of Bankruptcy Law;

     (7) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the
deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or
defrauding any creditors of the Issuer, any Guarantor or others;

     (8) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions),
each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance
or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with; and

-89-

 

     (9) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the
deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the
case may be (which instructions may be contained in the Officers’ Certificate referred to in
clause (8) above).

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions.

          (a) Subject to Section 8.06, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds
thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes
will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes
and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the
Issuer or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of all
sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the
Notes, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

          (b) The Issuer will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed
on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the
principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge
which by law is for the account of the Holders.

          (c) Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee will deliver or
pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or Government
Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized
firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to
the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a)), are in excess of the amount
thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or
Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06 Repayment to the Issuer.

          Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any
Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal, premium, if
any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium,
if any, or interest has become due and payable will be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if
then held by the Issuer) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will
thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such
Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof,
will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent,
before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be
published once, in The New York Times or The Wall Street Journal (national
edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which
will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed
balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.

Section 8.07 Reinstatement.

          If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or Government Securities in
accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any
court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application,
then the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the
Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section
8.02 or 8.03 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in
accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuer
makes any payment of principal,

-90-

 

premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the
Issuer will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders to receive such payment from the money held
by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders.

          (a) Notwithstanding Section 9.02, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, the
Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Note
Guarantees to:

     (1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

     (2) provide for the assumption by a successor entity of the obligations of the Issuer
or any Guarantor under this Indenture or the Note Guarantees;

     (3) provide for or facilitate the issuance of uncertificated Notes in addition to or in
place of certificated Notes; provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in
registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the
uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;

     (4) comply with the rules of any applicable securities depositary;

     (5) add Guarantors with respect to the Notes or release a Guarantor from its
obligations under its Guarantee or this Indenture in accordance with the applicable
provisions of this Indenture;

     (6) secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

     (7) add covenants of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or Events of Default
for the benefit of or to make changes that would provide additional rights to the Holders,
or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;

     (8) make any change that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this
Indenture of any Holder;

     (9) comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with any required
qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

     (10) evidence and provide for the appointment and acceptance of an appointment under
this Indenture of a successor Trustee; provided that the successor Trustee is
otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture;

     (11) conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees to any
provision of the “Description of notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent
that such provision in such “Description of notes” section was intended to be a verbatim
recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees;

     (12) make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to, or providing
for, the issuance, transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture,
including,

-91-

 

without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes,
Exchange Notes, or if Incurred in Compliance with this Indenture, Additional Notes, and in
each case, the related Guarantees; provided, however, that (A) compliance with this
Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being issued or transferred in violation
of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (B) such amendment does not
materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes.

          (b) Upon the request of the Issuer, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described
in Section 12.04, the Trustee will join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any
amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to
make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the
Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its
own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
no Opinion of Counsel will be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this
Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture
to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit C, and delivery of an Officers’
Certificate, except as provided in Section 5.01(c).

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders.

          (a) Except as provided in Section 9.01, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend
or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and any Note Guarantee with the consent of the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding
voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a
purchase, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any)),
and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a
Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on,
the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or
compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived
with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including consents obtained in
connection with the purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes (including
Additional Notes, if any)). Section 2.08 and Section 2.09 will determine which Notes are
considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.02.

          (b) Upon the request of the Issuer, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence
satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the
Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 and Section 12.04, the Trustee will join with
the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless
such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or
immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but
will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

          (c) It will not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve
the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver. It will be sufficient if such
consent approves the substance thereof.

          (d) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the
Issuer will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the
amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect
therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment,
supplement or waiver.

-92-

 

          (e) Without the consent of each affected Holder, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this
Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

     (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment,
supplement or waiver;

     (2) reduce the stated rate of interest or extend the stated time for payment of
interest on any Note;

     (3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note;

     (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal, premium, if any,
or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of
at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes with respect to a
nonpayment default and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such
acceleration);

     (5) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption or repurchase of any Note or change
the time at which any Note may be redeemed or repurchased as described in Article 3, and
Sections 4.10 and 4.15 whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in the
covenants, definitions or otherwise (except amendments to the definitions of “Change of
Control”);

     (6) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note;

     (7) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or
interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for
the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

     (8) make any change in the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or
in the waiver provisions;

     (9) modify the Guarantees of any Guarantors that is a Significant Subsidiary in any
manner materially adverse to the Holders; or

     (10) release any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary from any of the obligations
under its Guarantee on this Indenture, except in compliance with the terms hereof.

          (f) A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver of this Indenture, the Notes or any Note
Guarantee by any Holder given in connection with a tender of such Holder’s Notes will not be
rendered invalid by such tender.

Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

          If this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, every amendment or supplement to
this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies
with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents.

          (a) Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of
a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or
portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of
the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a
Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation
before the

-93-

 

date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or
waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

          (b) The Issuer may, but will not be obligated to, fix a record date pursuant to Section 1.05
for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or
waiver. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the provisions of the immediately preceding
paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies),
and only those Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment or waiver or to revoke any
consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record
date.

Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

          (a) The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on
any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee
will, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment,
supplement or waiver.

          (b) Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity
and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

          The Trustee will sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article
9 if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities
or immunities of the Trustee. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee will
receive and (subject to Section 7.01) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the
documents required by Section 12.04, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating
that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this
Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation
of the Issuer and any Guarantor party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its
terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section
9.03).

ARTICLE 10

GUARANTEES

Section 10.01 Guarantee.

          (a) Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally,
unconditionally guarantees, on a senior unsecured basis, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its
successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the
Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: (1) the principal of, and
premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at
Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal
and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other Obligations of the Issuer to the
Holders or the Trustee hereunder or under the Notes will be promptly paid in full or performed, all
in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (2) in case of any extension of time of
payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid
in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at
Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment by the Issuer when due of any
amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be
jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a
guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

-94-

 

          (b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder will be unconditional,
irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the
absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any
provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to
enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable
discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand
of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer,
any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands
whatsoever and covenants that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete
performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture, or pursuant to Section
10.06.

          (c) Each of the Guarantors also agrees, jointly and severally, to pay any and all costs and
expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder
in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.

          (d) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the
Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in
relation to the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder,
this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and
effect.

          (e) Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation
to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all
obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on
the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the
obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of this
Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such
acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any
declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6, such obligations (whether
or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of
this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying
Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the
Note Guarantees.

          (f) Each Note Guarantee will remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective
should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation or reorganization, should the
Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or
trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and will, to the
fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if
at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or
reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or the
Note Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as
though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part
thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes will, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded,
reduced, restored or returned.

          (g) In case any provision of any Note Guarantee will be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the
validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected
or impaired thereby.

          (h) Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Note Guarantee will be made
without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

-95-

 

Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

          Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the
intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent
conveyance or a fraudulent transfer for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent
Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the
extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the
Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor will be
limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other
contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after
giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or
on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this
Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a
fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a
payment under its Note Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed
obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to
such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all
the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery.

          (a) To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, on the Issue Date each initial
Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of
its Officer or person holding an equivalent title.

          (b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 will
remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of
such Note Guarantee on the Notes.

          (c) If an Officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that
office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor will be
valid nevertheless.

          (d) The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will
constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the
Guarantors.

          (e) If required by Section 4.16, the Issuer will cause any newly created or acquired
Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.16 and this Article 10, to the
extent applicable.

Section 10.04 Subrogation.

          Each Guarantor will be subrogated to all rights of Holders against the Issuer in respect of
any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01; provided
that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor will be entitled to
enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all
amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes will have been paid in
full.

-96-

 

Section 10.05 Benefits Acknowledged.

          Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the
financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the Guarantee and waivers made by it
pursuant to its Note Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

Section 10.06 Release of Note Guarantees.

          (a) A Guarantor and its Note Guarantee will be automatically and unconditionally released and
discharged, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Issuer or the Trustee will be required for
the release of such Guarantor or its Note Guarantee, upon:

     (1) (A) (i) any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, exchange or other disposition
(by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor after which
the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) the sale, assignment,
transfer, conveyance, exchange or other disposition (other than by lease) of all or
substantially all the assets of such Guarantor to a Person other than the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary (whether or not such Guarantor is the Surviving Person of such
transaction); provided that (x) such disposition is made in compliance with Section
4.10 (it being understood that only such portion of the Net Available Cash as is required to
be applied on or before the date of such release in accordance with Section 4.10 needs to be
applied in accordance therewith at such time) and Article 5 and (y) all the obligations of
such Guarantor under all Indebtedness of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries terminate
upon consummation of such transaction;

     (B) the release or discharge of such Guarantor from its Guarantee of
Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the Senior Credit Facility
(including by reason of the termination of the Senior Credit Facility) and all other
Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and/or the Guarantee that
resulted in the obligation of such Guarantor to Guarantee the Notes, if such
Guarantor would not then otherwise be required to Guarantee the Notes pursuant to
this Indenture, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under
such Guarantee; provided that if such Person has Incurred any Indebtedness
in reliance on its status as a Guarantor under Section 4.09, such Guarantor’s
obligations under such Indebtedness so Incurred are satisfied in full and discharged
or are otherwise permitted to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a
Guarantor) under Section 4.09;

     (C) the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as
an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

     (D) the Issuer exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance
option in accordance with Article 8 or the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture
being discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and

     (2) the Issuer delivering to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating
to such transaction and/or release have been complied with.

          (b) At the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee will execute and deliver any documents
reasonably required in order to evidence such release, discharge and termination in respect of the
applicable Note Guarantee.

-97-

 

ARTICLE 11

Satisfaction and Discharge

Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge.

          (a) This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes
when:

          (1) Either (A) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes
that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and
thereafter repaid to the Issuer, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or (B) all
Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by
reason of the giving of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within
one year or may be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the
Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of
the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited
with the Trustee, as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S.
dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient,
in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, without
consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the
Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal of, and premium, if
any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

          (2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit
or will occur contemporaneously with such deposit as a result of the deposit (other than a Default
or an Event of Default resulting from borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the
grant of any Lien securing such borrowing) and the deposit will not result in a breach or
violation of, or constitute a default under, the Senior Credit Facility or any other material
agreement or material instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor
is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;

          (3) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid or otherwise made to the satisfaction of the
Trustee, provision for the payment of, all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

          (4) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited
money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

          (b) In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel
(which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) to the Trustee
stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.
Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money will have been deposited
with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of Section 13.01(a), the provisions of
Section 13.02 and Section 8.06 will survive such satisfaction and discharge.

          Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money.

          (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 8.05, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant
to Section 11.01 will be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the
Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including
the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled
thereto, of

-98-

 

the principal, premium, if any, and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited
with the Trustee, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent
required by law.

          (b) If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in
accordance with Section 11.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or
judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting
such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and
the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to
Section 11.01; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, and
premium, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the
Issuer will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from
the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent, as the case may be.

ARTICLE 12

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls.

          If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by
Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c) in respect of Sections of the Trust Indenture Act that are
incorporated by reference in this Indenture pursuant to Section 1.04, the imposed duties will
control.

Section 12.02 Notices.

          (a) Any notice or communication to the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee is duly given if
in writing and (1) delivered in person, (2) mailed by first-class mail (certified or registered,
return receipt requested), postage prepaid, or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery
or (3) sent by facsimile or electronic transmission, to its address:

if to the Issuer or any Guarantor:

c/o Rent-A-Center, Inc.

5501 Headquarters Drive

Plano, Texas 75024

Fax No.: (972) 943 — 0116

Attention: General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

with a copy to:

Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.

2200 Ross Avenue, Suite 2800

Dallas, Texas 75201

Fax No: (214) 855 — 8200

Attention: Thomas W. Hughes and James R. Griffin

if to the Trustee:

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

601 Travis, 16th Floor

Houston TX, 77002

Fax No.: (713) 483 — 6954

Attention: Kash Asghar

-99-

 

The Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by like notice, may designate additional or different
addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

          (b) All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have
been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after
being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; the next Business Day
after timely delivery to the courier, if mailed by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day
delivery; when receipt acknowledged, if sent by facsimile or electronic transmission;
provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee will be deemed effective
upon actual receipt thereof.

          (c) Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first-class mail (certified or
registered, return receipt requested) or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to
its address shown on the Note Register or by such other delivery system as the Trustee agrees to
accept. Any notice or communication will also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust
Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a
notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with
respect to other Holders.

          (d) Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in
writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such
waiver will be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders will be filed with the
Trustee, but such filing will not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in
reliance upon such waiver.

          (e) Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to a Holder of a Global Note, such
notice will be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its designee),
pursuant to the applicable procedures of such Depositary, if any, prescribed for the giving of such
notice.

          (f) The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this
Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, pdf, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured
electronic methods, provided, however, that the Trustee shall have received an incumbency
certificate listing persons designated to give such instructions or directions and containing
specimen signatures of such designated persons, which such incumbency certificate shall be amended
and replaced whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing. If the Issuer elects to
give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method)
and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding
of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses,
costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance
with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a
subsequent written instruction. The Issuer agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of
such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without
limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or
interception and misuse by third parties, provided that the Trustee has taken and maintains
commercially reasonable efforts and controls to safeguard the use and access of information and
materials so transmitted to and by it.

          (g) If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above within the time
prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

-100-

 

          (h) If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the
Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Section 12.03 Communication by Holders with Other Holders.

          Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with
respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Guarantors, the
Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else will have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section
312(c).

Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

          Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any Guarantor to the Trustee to take any
action or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the
case may be, will furnish to the Trustee:

          (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee
(which will include the statements set forth in Section 12.05) stating that, in the opinion of the
signer(s), all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating
to the proposed action have been complied with; and

          (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which
will include the statements set forth in Section 12.05) stating that, in the opinion of such
counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with; provided that
(1) subject to Section 5.01(c), no Opinion of Counsel will be required in connection with the
addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the
Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit C
and (2) no Opinion of Counsel pursuant to this Section will be required in connection with the
issuance of Notes on the Issue Date.

Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

     Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided
for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 or Trust
Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) will include:

          (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or
condition;

          (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon
which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

          (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or
investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or
not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel,
may be limited to reliance on an Officers’ Certificate as to matters of fact); and

          (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or
covenant has been complied with.

Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents.

          The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar
or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

-101-

 

			
	Section 12.07	 	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Members, Partners and
Stockholders.

          No past, present or future manager, director, officer, employee, incorporator, member,
partner, or stockholder or other owner of equity interests of the Issuer or any of its
Subsidiaries, as such shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantors
under the Notes, the Note Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or
by reason of such obligations or their creation.

          Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and
release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

Section 12.08 Governing Law.

          THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY NOTE GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 12.09 Waiver of Jury Trial.

          EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST
EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

     Section 12.10 Force Majeure.

          In no event will the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the
performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or
indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work
stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural
catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications
or computer (software or hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee will use
reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume
performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

Section 12.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

          This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the
Issuer or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may
not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 12.12 Successors.

          All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All
agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each
Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section
10.06.

-102-

 

Section 12.13 Severability.

          In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes will be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in
any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 12.14 Counterpart Originals.

          The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an
original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Delivery of an executed
counterpart of a signature page of this Indenture by telecopier, facsimile, email or other
electronic transmission ( i.e., a “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually
executed counterpart of this Indenture.

Section 12.15 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

          The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this
Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of
this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 12.16 U.S.A. PATRIOT Act.

          The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act,
the Trustee is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or
legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to
this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as is reasonably
requested by the Trustee in order for the Trustee to comply with the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act.

Section 12.17 Payments Due on Non-Business Days.

          In any case where any Interest Payment Date, redemption date or repurchase date or the Stated
Maturity of the Notes will not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this
Indenture or of the Notes) payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes
need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same
force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, redemption date or repurchase date, or at
the Stated Maturity of the Notes, provided that no interest will accrue for the period from
and after such Interest Payment Date, redemption date, repurchase date or Stated Maturity, as the
case may be.

Section 12.18 Qualification of Indenture.

          The Issuer and the Guarantors will qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in
accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and will pay all
reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuer,
the Guarantors and the Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to,
reasonable costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this
Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee will be entitled to receive from the Issuer and the
Guarantors any such Officers’ Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may
reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust
Indenture Act.

[Signatures on following page]

-103-

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY,

N.A., as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Kash Asghar	 
	 	 	Name:  	Kash Asghar	 
	 	 	Title:  	Senior Associate	 
	 

[Indenture]

 

 

APPENDIX A

PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES AND

ADDITIONAL NOTES AND EXCHANGE NOTES

Section 1.1 Definitions.

          (a) Capitalized Terms.

          Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Appendix A have the meanings given to them in
this Indenture. The following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

          “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a
Regulation S Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary
for such Global Note, Euroclear and Clearstream, in each case to the extent applicable to such
transaction and as in effect from time to time.

          “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, or any successor securities
clearing agency.

          “Distribution Compliance Period”, with respect to any Note, means the period of 40
consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Note is first
offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation
S, notice of which day will be promptly given by the Issuer to the Trustee, and (b) the date of
issuance with respect to such Note or any predecessor of such Note.

          “Euroclear” means the Euroclear Clearance System or any successor securities clearing
agency.

          “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

          “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

          “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

          “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

          “Rule 501” means Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

          “Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

     “Unrestricted Global Note” means any Note in global form that does not bear or
is not required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

     “U.S. person” means a “U.S. person” as defined in Regulation S.

     (b) Other Definitions.

	 	 	 	 	 
	Term:	 	Defined in Section:	 
	“Agent Members”
	 	 	2.1	(c)
	“Automatic Exchange”
	 	 	2.3	(j)
	“Automatic Exchange Date”
	 	 	2.3	(j)
	“Automatic Exchange Notice”
	 	 	2.3	(j)

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	Term:	 	Defined in Section:	 
	“Automatic Exchange Notice Date”
	 	 	2.3	(j)
	“Definitive Notes Legend”
	 	 	2.3	(e)
	“Global Notes”
	 	 	2.1	(b)
	“Global Notes Legend”
	 	 	2.3	(e)
	“Regulation S Global Note”
	 	 	2.1	(b)
	“Regulation S Notes”
	 	 	2.1	(a)
	“Restricted Notes Legend”
	 	 	2.3	(e)
	“Rule 144A Notes”
	 	 	2.1	(a)
	“Rule 144A Global Note”
	 	 	2.1	(b)

Section 2.1 Form and Dating

          (a) The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof will be (i) offered and sold by the Issuer to
the Initial Purchasers and (ii) resold, initially only to (1) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A
(“Rule 144A Notes”) and (2) Persons other than U.S. persons in reliance on Regulation S
(“Regulation S Notes”). Such Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others,
QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and, except as set forth below, IAIs in accordance
with Rule 501.

          (b) Global Notes. Rule 144A Notes will be issued initially in the form of one or
more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered form, numbered RA-1 upward
(collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”) and Regulation S Notes will be issued initially
in the form of one or more global Notes, numbered RS-1 upward (collectively, the “Regulation S
Global Note”), in each case without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and
Restricted Notes Legend, which will be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes
represented thereby with the Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee
of the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this
Indenture. Beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note will not be exchangeable
for interests in the Rule 144A Global Note, the Global Note or any other Note without a Restricted
Notes Legend until the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period. The Rule 144A Global
Note, the Regulation S Global Note and any Unrestricted Global Note are each referred to herein as
a “Global Note” and are collectively referred to herein as “Global Notes.” Each
Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified in the “Schedule of
Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each will provide that it will
represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that
the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be
reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a
Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of
outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the
direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required
by Section 2.06 of this Indenture and Section 2.3(c) of this Appendix A.

          (c) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(c) will apply only to a Global Note
deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary.

          The Issuer will execute and the Trustee will, in accordance with this Section 2.1(c) and
Section 2.2 of this Appendix A and pursuant to an order of the Issuer signed by one Officer of the
Issuer, authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (i) will be registered in
the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary
and (ii) will be delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary’s
instructions or held by the Trustee as Custodian.

2

 

          Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) will have no rights
under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by
the Trustee as Custodian or under such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the
Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global
Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein will prevent the
Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written
certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the
Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depositary governing
the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

          (d) Definitive Notes. Except as provided in Section 2.3 or 2.4 of this Appendix A,
owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of
certificated Notes.

Section 2.2 Authentication.

          The Trustee will authenticate and make available for delivery upon a written order of the
Issuer signed by one Officer of the Issuer (a) Initial Notes for original issue on the date hereof
in an aggregate principal amount of $300,000,000 and (b) subject to the terms of this Indenture,
Additional Notes, (c) the Exchange Notes for issue only in an Exchange Offer and pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement and for a like principal amount of Initial Notes exchanged pursuant
thereto and (d) any other Unrestricted Global Notes issued in exchange for any of the foregoing in
accordance with this Indenture. Such order will specify the amount of the Notes to be
authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the
Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes or other Unrestricted Global
Notes.

Section 2.3 Transfer and Exchange.

          (a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. When Definitive
Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request:

     (i) to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or

     (ii) to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive
Notes of other authorized denominations,

the Registrar will register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable
requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive
Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange:

     (1) will be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form
reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof
or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and

     (2) in the case of Transfer Restricted Notes, are accompanied by the following
additional information and documents, as applicable:

     (A) if such Definitive Notes are being delivered to the Registrar by a Holder
for registration in the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from
such Holder to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial
Note); or

3

 

     (B) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred to the Issuer, a
certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the
Initial Note); or

     (C) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred pursuant to an exemption
from registration in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act or in
reliance upon another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act, (x) a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side
of the Initial Note) and (y) if the Issuer so requests, an opinion of counsel or
other evidence reasonably satisfactory to them as to the compliance with the
restrictions set forth in the applicable legends set forth in Section 2.3(e)(i) of
this Appendix A.

          (b) Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global
Note. A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note except
upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive
Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably
satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar, together with:

     (i) (A) certification (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note)
that such Definitive Note is being transferred (1) to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, or
(2) outside the United States of America in an offshore transaction within the meaning of
Regulation S and in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act or (B) such other
certification and opinion of counsel as the Issuer will require; and

     (ii) written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Custodian to
make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Global Note to reflect an
increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Global Note, such
instructions to contain information regarding the Depositary account to be credited with
such increase,

the Trustee will cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Custodian to cause, in
accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the
Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Global Note to be increased
by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and will credit or cause
to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in
the Global Note equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled. If no Global
Notes are then outstanding and the Global Note has not been previously exchanged for certificated
securities pursuant to Section 2.4 of this Appendix A, the Issuer will issue and the Trustee will
authenticate, upon written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, a new
Global Note in the appropriate principal amount.

          (c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. (i) The transfer and exchange of Global
Notes or beneficial interests therein will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with
this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the
procedures of the Depositary therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note will
deliver a written order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information
regarding the participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in
such Global Note or another Global Note and such account will be credited in accordance with such
order with a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note and the account of the Person making
the transfer will be debited by an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being
transferred. Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to a
transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the Regulation S Global Note, whether before
or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, will be made only upon receipt by
the Trustee of a certification in the form provided on the reverse side of the Initial Notes from
the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with

4

 

Regulation S, Rule 144 (if available), or another applicable exemption from registration under
the Securities Act, and that, if such transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the
Distribution Compliance Period, the interest transferred will be held immediately thereafter
through Euroclear or Clearstream.

     (ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global
Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Registrar will reflect on its
books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to
which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the
interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar will reflect on its books and records the
date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such
interest is being transferred.

     (iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix A (other than the
provisions set forth in Section 2.4 of this Appendix A), a Global Note may not be
transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a
nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the
Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor
Depositary.

     (iv) In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes pursuant to
Section 2.4 of this Appendix A prior to the consummation of the Exchange Offer or the
effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, such Notes may
be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with
the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements set forth on
the reverse of the Initial Notes intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule
144A, Regulation S or such other applicable exemption from registration under the Securities
Act, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by
the Issuer.

          (d) Restrictions on Transfer of Regulation S Global Note. (i) Prior to the
expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, (1) the Regulation S Global Note will be a
temporary global security for purposes of Rules 903 and 904 under the Securities Act, whether or
not designated as such on the face of such Note, and (2) interests in the Regulation S Global Note
may only be held through Euroclear or Clearstream. During the Distribution Compliance Period,
beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or
transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and only
(1) to the Issuer, (2) so long as such Note is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a
person whom the selling holder reasonably believes is a QIB that purchases for its own account or
for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the resale, pledge or transfer is being
made in reliance on Rule 144A, (3) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S, (4)
pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 (if
applicable) or another available exemption, (5) pursuant to an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any
state of the United States of America. Prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance
Period, transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a
transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the Rule 144A Global Note will be made only
in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and upon receipt by the Trustee of a written
certification from the transferor of the beneficial interest in the form provided on the reverse
side of the Initial Notes to the effect that such transfer is being made to (1) a QIB within the
meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A. Such written
certification will no longer be required after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance
Period. In the case of a transfer of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note for an
interest in the IAI Global Note, the transferee must furnish a signed letter substantially in the
form of Exhibit B to the Trustee.

5

 

     (ii) Upon the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership
interests in the Regulation S Global Note will be transferable in accordance with applicable
law and the other terms of this Indenture.

     (iii) Upon the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial interests
in the Regulation S Global Note may be exchanged for beneficial interests in a permanent
Regulation S Global Note that is an Unrestricted Global Note upon certification in the form
provided on the reverse side of the Initial Notes to the effect that such beneficial
interests are owned either by non-U.S. persons or by U.S. persons who purchased those
interests pursuant to an exemption from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration
requirements of the Securities Act. If no such Regulation S Global Note that is an
Unrestricted Global Note is then outstanding, the Issuer will issue and the Trustee will
authenticate, upon written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, a
new Global Note in the appropriate principal amount.

     (e) Legends.

     (i) Except as permitted by this Section 2.3(e), each Note certificate evidencing the
Global Notes and the Definitive Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in
substitution thereof) will bear a legend in substantially the following form (each defined
term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only) (“Restricted
Notes Legend”):

	 	 	THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION.
NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED,
SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE
ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT
SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE
HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT
HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR
TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE
144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF,
THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST
DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS
SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY),] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES:
40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS
SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER
THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION
S], ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION
STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG
AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT
OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS
BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A,

6

 

	 	 	(D)PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED
STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN
INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3)
OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT
IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL
ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES OR (F)
PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE
SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH
OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY
OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO
EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE
RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: BY ITS
ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS
IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN
OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]

	 	 	BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE
REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH
HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE
BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME
SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT
OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE
CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) OR PROVISIONS UNDER

	 	 	ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE
SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY
WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN,
ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT
CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION
4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.

Each Definitive Note will bear the following additional legend (“Definitive Notes Legend”):

	 	 	IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND
TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY
REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING
RESTRICTIONS.

Each Global Note will bear the following additional legend (“Global Notes Legend”):

7

 

	 	 	UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE
ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY
CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE &
CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF
DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY
PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN
INTEREST HEREIN.

	 	 	TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY WILL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN
PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S
NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY WILL BE LIMITED TO
TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE
REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

     (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Definitive
Note, the Registrar will permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note
for a Definitive Note that does not bear the legends set forth above and rescind any
restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note if the Holder certifies in
writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144
(such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Notes).

     (iii) After a transfer of any Initial Notes or Additional Notes during the period of
the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Notes or
Additional Notes, as the case may be, all requirements pertaining to the Restricted Notes
Legend on such Initial Notes or Additional Notes will cease to apply and the requirements
that any such Initial Notes or Additional Notes be issued in global form will continue to
apply.

     (iv) Upon the consummation of an Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Notes or
Additional Notes pursuant to which Holders of such Initial Notes or Additional Notes are
offered Exchange Notes in exchange for their Initial Notes or Additional Notes, all
requirements pertaining to Initial Notes or Additional Notes that Initial Notes or
Additional Notes be issued in global form will continue to apply, and Exchange Notes in
global form without the Restricted Notes Legend will be available to Holders that exchange
such Initial Notes or Additional Notes in such Exchange Offer.

     (v) Upon a sale or transfer after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period
of any Initial Note or Additional Note acquired pursuant to Regulation S, all requirements
that such Initial Note or Additional Note bear the Restricted Notes Legend will cease to
apply and the requirements requiring any such Initial Note or Additional Note be issued in
global form will continue to apply.

     (vi) Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering will not be required to bear
the Restricted Notes Legend.

8

 

          (f) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial
interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed,
repurchased or canceled, such Global Note will be returned by the Depositary to the Trustee for
cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if
any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange
for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of
Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced and an adjustment will be made on the books
and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such
Global Note, by the Trustee or the Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

     (g) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes.

     (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer will execute and
the Trustee will authenticate, Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request.

     (ii) No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but
the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments,
or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer
taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to
Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 of this Indenture).

     (iii) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the
Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in
whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of
receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes
whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the
Paying Agent or the Registrar will be affected by notice to the contrary.

     (iv) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this
Indenture will evidence the same debt and will be entitled to the same benefits under this
Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

     (h) No Obligation of the Trustee.

     (i) The Trustee will have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a
Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depositary or any other Person with
respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any
participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with
respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other
than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the
payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications
to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes will be
given or made only to the registered Holders (which will be the Depositary or its nominee in
the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note will be
exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the
Depositary. The Trustee may rely and will be fully protected in relying upon information
furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial
owners.

     (ii) The Trustee will have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as
to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under
applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any
transfers between or among

9

 

Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to
require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly
required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture,
and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express
requirements hereof.

     (i) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance
with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer will issue and, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 of this Indenture, the Trustee will
authenticate (i) one or more Global Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in an
aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amounts of the beneficial interests in the
Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that provide in the applicable letters of
transmittal such certifications as are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and
applicable law, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes
without the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal
amount of the Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that provide in the
applicable letters of transmittal such certification as are required by the Registration
Rights Agreement and applicable law, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer.
Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal
amount of the applicable Global Notes with the Restricted Notes Legend to be reduced
accordingly, and the Issuer will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and mail to the
Persons designated by the Holders of the Definitive Notes so accepted Definitive Notes
without the Restricted Notes Legend in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes that
remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued
in connection with the Exchange Offer, will be treated as a single class of securities under
this Indenture.

     (j) Automatic Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Global Note that is a Transfer
Restricted Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. Upon the
Issuer’s satisfaction that the Restricted Notes Legend will no longer be required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, beneficial interests in a Global Note that
is a Transfer Restricted Note may be automatically exchanged into beneficial interests in an
Unrestricted Global Note without any action required by or on behalf of the Holder (the
“Automatic Exchange”) at any time on or after the date that is the 366th calendar
day after (1) with respect to any Note issued on the Issue Date, the later of (x) the Issue
Date and (y) the last date on which the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer was the owner
of such Note or (2) with respect to any Additional Note, if any, the later of (x) the issue
date of such Additional Note and (y) the last date on which the Issuer or any Affiliate of
the Issuer was the owner of such Note, or, in each case, if such day is not a Business Day,
on the next succeeding Business Day (the “Automatic Exchange Date”). Upon the
Issuer’s satisfaction that the Restricted Notes Legend will no longer be required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, the Issuer may (A) provide written notice to
the Trustee at least 10 calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange, instructing the
Trustee to direct the Depositary to exchange all of the outstanding beneficial interests in
a particular Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note to the Unrestricted Global Note,
which the Issuer will have previously otherwise made eligible for exchange with the DTC, (B)
provide prior written notice (the “Automatic Exchange Notice”) to each Holder at
such Holder’s address appearing in the Note Register at least 10 calendar days prior to the
Automatic Exchange (the “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”), which notice must include
(I) the Automatic Exchange Date, (II) the section of the Indenture pursuant to which the
Automatic Exchange will occur, (III) the “CUSIP” number of the Global Note that is a
Transfer Restricted Note from which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred
and (IV) the “CUSIP” number of the Unrestricted Global Note into which such Holder’s
beneficial interests will be transferred, and (C) on or prior to the date of the Automatic
Exchange, deliver to the Trustee for authentication one or more

10

 

Unrestricted Global Notes, duly executed by the Issuer, in an aggregate principal
amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Global Notes that are Transfer Restricted
Notes to be exchanged. At the Issuer’s request on no less than five calendar days’ notice,
the Trustee will deliver, in the Issuer’s name and at its expense, the Automatic Exchange
Notice (which will be prepared by the Issuer) to each Holder at such Holder’s address
appearing in the Note Register. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section
2.3, during the 10-day period between the Automatic Exchange Notice Date and the Automatic
Exchange Date, no transfers or exchanges other than pursuant to this Section 2.3(j) will be
permitted without the prior written consent of the Issuer. As a condition to any Automatic
Exchange, the Issuer will provide, and the Trustee will be entitled to rely upon, an
Officers’ Certificate in form reasonably acceptable to the Trustee to the effect that the
Automatic Exchange will be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the
restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend will no longer
be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and that the aggregate
principal amount of the particular Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note is to be
transferred to the particular Unrestricted Global Note by adjustment made on the records of
the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary to reflect the Automatic Exchange. The Issuer
may request from Holders such information it reasonably determines is required in order to
be able to deliver such Officers’ Certificate. Upon such exchange of beneficial interests
pursuant to this Section 2.3(j), the aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes will be
increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for
the Depositary, to reflect the relevant increase or decrease in the principal amount of such
Global Note resulting from the applicable exchange. The Global Note that is a Transfer
Restricted Note from which beneficial interests are transferred pursuant to an Automatic
Exchange will be canceled following the Automatic Exchange.

Section 2.4 Definitive Notes.

          (a) A Global Note deposited with the Depositary or with the Trustee as Custodian pursuant to
Section 2.1 or issued in connection with an Exchange Offer will be transferred to the beneficial
owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer
complies with Section 2.3 of this Appendix A and (i) the Depositary notifies the Issuer that it is
unwilling or unable to continue as a Depositary for such Global Note or if at any time the
Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and, in each case, a
successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days of such notice or after the
Issuer becomes aware of such cessation, or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing
or (iii) the Issuer, in its sole discretion and subject to the procedures of the Depository,
notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of certificated Notes under
this Indenture. In addition, any Affiliate of the Issuer or any Guarantor that is a beneficial
owner of all or part of a Global Note may have such Affiliate’s beneficial interest transferred to
such Affiliate in the form of a Definitive Note, by providing a written request to the Issuer and
the Trustee and such Opinions of Counsel, certificates or other information as may be required by
this Indenture or the Issuer or Trustee.

          (b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this
Section 2.4 will be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole or
from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver, upon such
transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive
Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this
Section will be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $2,000 or an
integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof and registered in such names as the Depositary will
direct. Any certificated Initial Note or Additional Note in the form of a Definitive Note
delivered in exchange for an interest in the Global Note

11

 

will, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.3(e) of this Appendix A, bear the Restricted
Notes Legend.

          (c) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b) of this Appendix A, the registered Holder of
a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and
Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is
entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

          (d) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 2.4(a)(i), (ii)
or (iii) of this Appendix A, the Issuer will promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable
supply of Definitive Notes in fully registered form without interest coupons.

12

 

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]

          [Insert the Restricted Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the
Indenture]

          [Insert the Global Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

          [Insert the Definitive Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the
Indenture]

          [Insert the OID Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

CUSIP [   ]

ISIN [   ]

[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE

6.625% Senior Notes due 2020

			
	No. ___
	 	$(_____________)

RENT-A-CENTER, INC.

promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns the principal sum of [ ] Dollars
($______), as revised by Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Notes, on November 15,
2020.

Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15

Record Dates: May 1 and November 1

Reference is made to provisions of this Note set forth in the reverse hereof, which further
provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as set forth at this place.

     Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to
on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefits under
the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof or be valid or obligatory for any purposes.

A-13

 

     IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated:

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	[NAME OF ISSUER]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 

A-14

 

	 	 	 	 	 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	[NAME OF TRUSTEE], as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

Dated:

A-15

 

[Reverse Side of Note]

6.625% Senior Notes due 2020

          Capitalized terms used herein will have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture
referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

          1. INTEREST. Rent-A-Center, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), promises to
pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 6.625% per annum from and including November
2, 2010 until maturity and will pay Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuer will pay interest and Additional
Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, or if any such
day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment
Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been
paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including November 2, 2010; provided that
the first Interest Payment Date will be May 15, 2011. The Issuer will pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and
premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes; it will pay
interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue
installments of interest, including Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable
grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes. Interest will be
computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

          2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are
registered holders of Notes at the close of business on the May 1 or November 1 (whether or not a
Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding the related Interest Payment Date, even if
such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except
as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Principal of, and
premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer
maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest and premium, if
any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their respective addresses set forth in the Note
Register; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be
required with respect to principal, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest,
if any, on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire
transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent at least five Business Days prior to the
applicable payment date. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of
America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

          3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.,
the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any
Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

          4. INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2010
(the “Indenture”), among Rent-A-Center, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee.
This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its 6.625% Senior
Notes due 2020. The Issuer will be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 and
4.09 of the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made
part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust
Indenture Act”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the
Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision
of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the
Indenture will govern and be controlling.

A-16

 

          5. REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE. The Notes are subject to optional redemption, and may be the
subject of an Offer to Purchase, as further described in the Indenture. The Issuer will not be
required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

          6. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in
denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes
may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the
Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer
documents, and Holders will be required to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by
the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a
Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

          8. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all
purposes.

          9. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be
amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

          10. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section
6.01 of the Indenture. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the rights and obligations of
the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders will be as set forth in the applicable
provisions of the Indenture.

          11. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES. In addition to the rights
provided to Holders under the Indenture, Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes will have all the
rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2010, among the
Issuer, the Guarantors named therein and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof
(the “Registration Rights Agreement”), including the right to receive Additional Interest.

          12. GOVERNING LAW. THIS NOTE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS
OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

          13. CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on
Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be
printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a
convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as
printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on
the other identification numbers placed thereon.

          The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the
Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the
following address:

c/o Rent-A-Center, Inc.

5501 Headquarters Drive

Plano, Texas 75024

Fax No.: (972)943-0116

Attention: General Counsel and Secretary

A-17

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

     To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

	 	 	 

	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:  

	 	 
	 

	 	(Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

	 	 	 

	and irrevocably appoint
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: _____________________

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Your Signature: 	
  	 
		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)	 
	 

Signature Guarantee*: ________________________

 

			
	*	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor
acceptable to the Trustee).

A-18

 

CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR

REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES

Re: Rent-A-Center, Inc. 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 — CUSIP [_____]

Reference is hereby made to that certain Indenture dated as of November 2, 2010 (the
“Indenture”), among Rent-A-Center, Inc. (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors party
thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”).
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

This certificate relates to $_________ principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space)
____ book-entry or _____ definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned (check one box below):

	 	o	has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver
in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global
Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in
definitive, registered form of authorized
denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal
to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the
portion thereof indicated above) in accordance with
the Indenture; or
	 
	 	o	has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange
or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior
to the expiration of the applicable holding period referred to in Rule 144 under the Securities
Act, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

	 	(1)  	o 	 to the Issuer or subsidiary thereof; or
	 
	 	(2)  	o 	 to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer;
or
	 
	 	(3)  	o  	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of
1933; or
	 
	 	(4)  	o  	inside the United States of America to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as
defined in Rule 144A (“Rule 144A”) under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for
its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer and to whom
notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case
pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A; or
	 
	 	(5)  	o  	outside the United States of America in an offshore transaction within the
meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933 in compliance with Rule 904
under the Securities Act of 1933 (and if the transfer is being made prior to the
expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the Notes will be held immediately
thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream); or
	 
	 	(6)  	o  	to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2),
(3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed
letter containing certain representations and agreements; or

A-19

 

	 	(7)  	o 	 pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933 or another available
exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933.

	 	 	Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes
evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder
thereof; provided, however, that if box (4), (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the
Issuer or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such
legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer has reasonably requested
to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a
transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	
 	 
	 	Your Signature 	 
	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 

	Signature Guarantee:
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Date:                                         

	 	 
 

	 	 
	Signature must be guaranteed

	 	Signature of Signature	 	 
	by a participant in a
recognized signature guaranty
medallion program or other
signature guarantor acceptable
to the Trustee

	 	Guarantor	 	 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

          The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or
an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such
account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the
sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such
information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has
determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon
the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration
provided by Rule 144A.

	 	 	 	 	 

	Dated:                                         

	 	 
 

	 	 
	 

	 	NOTICE:           To be executed by

                          an executive officer	 	 

A-20

 

TO BE COMPLETED IF THE HOLDER REQUIRES AN EXCHANGE

PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.3(d)(iii) OF APPENDIX A TO THE INDENTURE

The undersigned represents and warrants that either:

	 	o	the undersigned is a non-U.S. person (within
the meaning of Regulation S under the
Securities Act of 1933); or
	 
	 	o	 the undersigned is a U.S. person (within the
meaning of Regulation S under the Securities
Act of 1933) who purchased interests in the
Notes pursuant to an exemption from, or in a
transaction not subject to, the registration
requirements under the Securities Act of 1933.

	 	 	 	 	 

	Dated:                                         

	 	 
 

	 	 
	 

	 	Signature	 	 

A-21

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

          If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or
4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

o Section 4.10           o Section 4.15

          If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to
Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	$                     
	 	(integral multiples of $1,000,
provided that the unpurchased
portion must be in a minimum
principal amount of $2,000)

Date: _____________________

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	Your  Signature: 	
 	 
	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on 	 
	 	 	the face of this Note) 	 
	 
	 	 	 
	 	 Tax Identification No.: 	
 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 

Signature Guarantee*: ________________________

 

			
	*	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor
acceptable to the Trustee).

A-22

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

          The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $_________. The following
exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive
Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global
Note, have been made:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Signature of	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Amount of increase	 	 	Principal Amount of	 	 	authorized	 
	 	 	 	 	Amount of decrease	 	 	in Principal	 	 	this Global Note	 	 	signatory of	 
	 	 	 	 	in Principal Amount	 	 	Amount of this	 	 	following such	 	 	Trustee or	 
	Date of Exchange	 	 	of the Global Note	 	 	Global Note	 	 	decrease or increase	 	 	Custodian	 

 

			
	*	 	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form

A-23

 

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

          Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of [__________] [__],
20[__], among __________________ (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of [Name of
Issuer], a [Delaware] corporation (the “Issuer”), and [Name of Trustee], as trustee (the
“Trustee”).

W I T N E S S E T H

          WHEREAS, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below)
has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated
as of November 2, 2010, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of
6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Notes”);

          WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary
will execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing
Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the
Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture; and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and
deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree
for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:

          1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition will have the
meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

          2. Guarantor. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to be a Guarantor under the
Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including Article
10 thereof.

          3. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

          4. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL
BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE
INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

          5. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.
Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Supplemental Indenture by
telecopier, facsimile, email or other electronic transmission ( i.e ., a “pdf” or “tif”) shall be
effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Supplemental Indenture.

B-3

 

          6. Headings. The headings of the Sections of this Supplemental Indenture have been
inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Supplemental
Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

          7. The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or
in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of
the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary
and the Issuer.

B-2

 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed, all as of the date first above written.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	[NAME OF GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	[NAME OF ISSUER]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	[NAME OF TRUSTEE], as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00180-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00180-of-00352.parquet"}]]